mirror of
				https://git.code.sf.net/p/libpng/code.git
				synced 2025-07-10 18:04:09 +02:00 
			
		
		
		
	 ff7b7ba060
			
		
	
	
		ff7b7ba060
		
	
	
	
	
		
			
			The compiler performs an optimization which is safe; however it then warns about it. Changing the type of 'palette_number' in pngvalid.c removes the warning.
		
			
				
	
	
		
			10053 lines
		
	
	
		
			308 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			10053 lines
		
	
	
		
			308 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
| 
 | |
| /* pngvalid.c - validate libpng by constructing then reading png files.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Last changed in libpng 1.6.0 [(PENDING RELEASE)]
 | |
|  * Copyright (c) 2012 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
 | |
|  * Written by John Cunningham Bowler
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This code is released under the libpng license.
 | |
|  * For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
 | |
|  * and license in png.h
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * NOTES:
 | |
|  *   This is a C program that is intended to be linked against libpng.  It
 | |
|  *   generates bitmaps internally, stores them as PNG files (using the
 | |
|  *   sequential write code) then reads them back (using the sequential
 | |
|  *   read code) and validates that the result has the correct data.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   The program can be modified and extended to test the correctness of
 | |
|  *   transformations performed by libpng.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define _POSIX_SOURCE 1
 | |
| #define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1 /* For floating point */
 | |
| #define _GNU_SOURCE 1 /* For the floating point exception extension */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include <signal.h>
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if (defined HAVE_CONFIG_H) && !(defined PNG_NO_CONFIG_H)
 | |
| #  include <config.h>
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef HAVE_FEENABLEEXCEPT /* from config.h, if included */
 | |
| #  include <fenv.h>
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Define the following to use this test against your installed libpng, rather
 | |
|  * than the one being built here:
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_FREESTANDING_TESTS
 | |
| #  include <png.h>
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #  include "../../png.h"
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10500
 | |
| /* This deliberately lacks the PNG_CONST. */
 | |
| typedef png_byte *png_const_bytep;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is copied from 1.5.1 png.h: */
 | |
| #define PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES 7
 | |
| #define PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass) (((1U&~(pass))<<(3-((pass)>>1)))&7)
 | |
| #define PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass) (((1U& (pass))<<(3-(((pass)+1)>>1)))&7)
 | |
| #define PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass) ((pass)>2?(8-(pass))>>1:3)
 | |
| #define PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass) ((pass)>1?(7-(pass))>>1:3)
 | |
| #define PNG_PASS_ROWS(height, pass) (((height)+(((1<<PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass))\
 | |
|    -1)-PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass)))>>PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass))
 | |
| #define PNG_PASS_COLS(width, pass) (((width)+(((1<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass))\
 | |
|    -1)-PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass)))>>PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass))
 | |
| #define PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(yIn, pass) \
 | |
|    (((yIn)<<PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass))+PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass))
 | |
| #define PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(xIn, pass) \
 | |
|    (((xIn)<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass))+PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass))
 | |
| #define PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,off) ( \
 | |
|    ((0x110145AFU>>(((7-(off))-(pass))<<2)) & 0xFU) | \
 | |
|    ((0x01145AF0U>>(((7-(off))-(pass))<<2)) & 0xF0U))
 | |
| #define PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass) \
 | |
|    ((PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,0) >> ((y)&7)) & 1)
 | |
| #define PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(x, pass) \
 | |
|    ((PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,1) >> ((x)&7)) & 1)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* These are needed too for the default build: */
 | |
| #define PNG_WRITE_16BIT_SUPPORTED
 | |
| #define PNG_READ_16BIT_SUPPORTED
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This comes from pnglibconf.h afer 1.5: */
 | |
| #define PNG_FP_1 100000
 | |
| #define PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD_FIXED\
 | |
|    ((png_fixed_point)(PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD * PNG_FP_1))
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10600
 | |
|    /* 1.6.0 constifies many APIs, the following exists to allow pngvalid to be
 | |
|     * compiled against earlier versions.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| #  define png_const_strutp png_structp
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "zlib.h"   /* For crc32 */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include <float.h>  /* For floating point constants */
 | |
| #include <stdlib.h> /* For malloc */
 | |
| #include <string.h> /* For memcpy, memset */
 | |
| #include <math.h>   /* For floor */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Unused formal parameter errors are removed using the following macro which is
 | |
|  * expected to have no bad effects on performance.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #ifndef UNUSED
 | |
| #  if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)
 | |
| #     define UNUSED(param) (void)param;
 | |
| #  else
 | |
| #     define UNUSED(param)
 | |
| #  endif
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /***************************** EXCEPTION HANDLING *****************************/
 | |
| #include "../visupng/cexcept.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef __cplusplus
 | |
| #  define this not_the_cpp_this
 | |
| #  define new not_the_cpp_new
 | |
| #  define voidcast(type, value) static_cast<type>(value)
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #  define voidcast(type, value) (value)
 | |
| #endif /* __cplusplus */
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct png_store;
 | |
| define_exception_type(struct png_store*);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The following are macros to reduce typing everywhere where the well known
 | |
|  * name 'the_exception_context' must be defined.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #define anon_context(ps) struct exception_context *the_exception_context = \
 | |
|    &(ps)->exception_context
 | |
| #define context(ps,fault) anon_context(ps); png_store *fault
 | |
| 
 | |
| /******************************* UTILITIES ************************************/
 | |
| /* Error handling is particularly problematic in production code - error
 | |
|  * handlers often themselves have bugs which lead to programs that detect
 | |
|  * minor errors crashing.  The following functions deal with one very
 | |
|  * common class of errors in error handlers - attempting to format error or
 | |
|  * warning messages into buffers that are too small.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static size_t safecat(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST char *cat)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    while (pos < bufsize && cat != NULL && *cat != 0)
 | |
|       buffer[pos++] = *cat++;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (pos >= bufsize)
 | |
|       pos = bufsize-1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    buffer[pos] = 0;
 | |
|    return pos;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static size_t safecatn(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos, int n)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    char number[64];
 | |
|    sprintf(number, "%d", n);
 | |
|    return safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, number);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED
 | |
| static size_t safecatd(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos, double d,
 | |
|     int precision)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    char number[64];
 | |
|    sprintf(number, "%.*f", precision, d);
 | |
|    return safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, number);
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| static PNG_CONST char invalid[] = "invalid";
 | |
| static PNG_CONST char sep[] = ": ";
 | |
| 
 | |
| static PNG_CONST char *colour_types[8] =
 | |
| {
 | |
|    "grayscale", invalid, "truecolour", "indexed-colour",
 | |
|    "grayscale with alpha", invalid, "truecolour with alpha", invalid
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Convert a double precision value to fixed point. */
 | |
| static png_fixed_point
 | |
| fix(double d)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    d = floor(d * PNG_FP_1 + .5);
 | |
|    return (png_fixed_point)d;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Generate random bytes.  This uses a boring repeatable algorithm and it
 | |
|  * is implemented here so that it gives the same set of numbers on every
 | |
|  * architecture.  It's a linear congruential generator (Knuth or Sedgewick
 | |
|  * "Algorithms") but it comes from the 'feedback taps' table in Horowitz and
 | |
|  * Hill, "The Art of Electronics".
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| make_random_bytes(png_uint_32* seed, void* pv, size_t size)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_uint_32 u0 = seed[0], u1 = seed[1];
 | |
|    png_bytep bytes = voidcast(png_bytep, pv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* There are thirty three bits, the next bit in the sequence is bit-33 XOR
 | |
|     * bit-20.  The top 1 bit is in u1, the bottom 32 are in u0.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    size_t i;
 | |
|    for (i=0; i<size; ++i)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* First generate 8 new bits then shift them in at the end. */
 | |
|       png_uint_32 u = ((u0 >> (20-8)) ^ ((u1 << 7) | (u0 >> (32-7)))) & 0xff;
 | |
|       u1 <<= 8;
 | |
|       u1 |= u0 >> 24;
 | |
|       u0 <<= 8;
 | |
|       u0 |= u;
 | |
|       *bytes++ = (png_byte)u;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    seed[0] = u0;
 | |
|    seed[1] = u1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| make_four_random_bytes(png_uint_32* seed, png_bytep bytes)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    make_random_bytes(seed, bytes, 4);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| randomize(void *pv, size_t size)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    static png_uint_32 random_seed[2] = {0x56789abc, 0xd};
 | |
|    make_random_bytes(random_seed, pv, size);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define RANDOMIZE(this) randomize(&(this), sizeof (this))
 | |
| 
 | |
| static unsigned int
 | |
| random_mod(unsigned int max)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    unsigned int x;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    RANDOMIZE(x);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return x % max; /* 0 .. max-1 */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| random_choice(void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    unsigned char x;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    RANDOMIZE(x);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return x & 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* A numeric ID based on PNG file characteristics.  The 'do_interlace' field
 | |
|  * simply records whether pngvalid did the interlace itself or whether it
 | |
|  * was done by libpng.  Width and height must be less than 256.  'palette' is an
 | |
|  * index of the palette to use for formats with a palette (0 otherwise.)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #define FILEID(col, depth, palette, interlace, width, height, do_interlace) \
 | |
|    ((png_uint_32)((col) + ((depth)<<3) + ((palette)<<8) + ((interlace)<<13) + \
 | |
|     (((do_interlace)!=0)<<15) + ((width)<<16) + ((height)<<24)))
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define COL_FROM_ID(id) ((png_byte)((id)& 0x7U))
 | |
| #define DEPTH_FROM_ID(id) ((png_byte)(((id) >> 3) & 0x1fU))
 | |
| #define PALETTE_FROM_ID(id) (((id) >> 8) & 0x1f)
 | |
| #define INTERLACE_FROM_ID(id) ((int)(((id) >> 13) & 0x3))
 | |
| #define DO_INTERLACE_FROM_ID(id) ((int)(((id)>>15) & 1))
 | |
| #define WIDTH_FROM_ID(id) (((id)>>16) & 0xff)
 | |
| #define HEIGHT_FROM_ID(id) (((id)>>24) & 0xff)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Utility to construct a standard name for a standard image. */
 | |
| static size_t
 | |
| standard_name(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos, png_byte colour_type,
 | |
|     int bit_depth, unsigned int npalette, int interlace_type,
 | |
|     png_uint_32 w, png_uint_32 h, int do_interlace)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, colour_types[colour_type]);
 | |
|    if (npalette > 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "[");
 | |
|       pos = safecatn(buffer, bufsize, pos, npalette);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "]");
 | |
|    }
 | |
|    pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, " ");
 | |
|    pos = safecatn(buffer, bufsize, pos, bit_depth);
 | |
|    pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, " bit");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (interlace_type != PNG_INTERLACE_NONE)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, " interlaced");
 | |
|       if (do_interlace)
 | |
|          pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "(pngvalid)");
 | |
|       else
 | |
|          pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "(libpng)");
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (w > 0 || h > 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, " ");
 | |
|       pos = safecatn(buffer, bufsize, pos, w);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "x");
 | |
|       pos = safecatn(buffer, bufsize, pos, h);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return pos;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static size_t
 | |
| standard_name_from_id(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos, png_uint_32 id)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    return standard_name(buffer, bufsize, pos, COL_FROM_ID(id),
 | |
|       DEPTH_FROM_ID(id), PALETTE_FROM_ID(id), INTERLACE_FROM_ID(id),
 | |
|       WIDTH_FROM_ID(id), HEIGHT_FROM_ID(id), DO_INTERLACE_FROM_ID(id));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Convenience API and defines to list valid formats.  Note that 16 bit read and
 | |
|  * write support is required to do 16 bit read tests (we must be able to make a
 | |
|  * 16 bit image to test!)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_WRITE_16BIT_SUPPORTED
 | |
| #  define WRITE_BDHI 4
 | |
| #  ifdef PNG_READ_16BIT_SUPPORTED
 | |
| #     define READ_BDHI 4
 | |
| #     define DO_16BIT
 | |
| #  endif
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #  define WRITE_BDHI 3
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #ifndef DO_16BIT
 | |
| #  define READ_BDHI 3
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The following defines the number of different palettes to generate for
 | |
|  * each log bit depth of a colour type 3 standard image.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #define PALETTE_COUNT(bit_depth) ((bit_depth) > 4 ? 1U : 16U)
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| next_format(png_bytep colour_type, png_bytep bit_depth,
 | |
|    unsigned int* palette_number)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (*bit_depth == 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       *colour_type = 0, *bit_depth = 1, *palette_number = 0;
 | |
|       return 1;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (*colour_type == 3)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Add multiple palettes for colour type 3. */
 | |
|       if (++*palette_number < PALETTE_COUNT(*bit_depth))
 | |
|          return 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       *palette_number = 0;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    *bit_depth = (png_byte)(*bit_depth << 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Palette images are restricted to 8 bit depth */
 | |
|    if (*bit_depth <= 8
 | |
| #     ifdef DO_16BIT
 | |
|          || (*colour_type != 3 && *bit_depth <= 16)
 | |
| #     endif
 | |
|       )
 | |
|       return 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Move to the next color type, or return 0 at the end. */
 | |
|    switch (*colour_type)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       case 0:
 | |
|          *colour_type = 2;
 | |
|          *bit_depth = 8;
 | |
|          return 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 2:
 | |
|          *colour_type = 3;
 | |
|          *bit_depth = 1;
 | |
|          return 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 3:
 | |
|          *colour_type = 4;
 | |
|          *bit_depth = 8;
 | |
|          return 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 4:
 | |
|          *colour_type = 6;
 | |
|          *bit_depth = 8;
 | |
|          return 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|          return 0;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED
 | |
| static unsigned int
 | |
| sample(png_const_bytep row, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth,
 | |
|     png_uint_32 x, unsigned int sample_index)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_uint_32 bit_index, result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Find a sample index for the desired sample: */
 | |
|    x *= bit_depth;
 | |
|    bit_index = x;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if ((colour_type & 1) == 0) /* !palette */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (colour_type & 2)
 | |
|          bit_index *= 3;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (colour_type & 4)
 | |
|          bit_index += x; /* Alpha channel */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Multiple channels; select one: */
 | |
|       if (colour_type & (2+4))
 | |
|          bit_index += sample_index * bit_depth;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Return the sample from the row as an integer. */
 | |
|    row += bit_index >> 3;
 | |
|    result = *row;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (bit_depth == 8)
 | |
|       return result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (bit_depth > 8)
 | |
|       return (result << 8) + *++row;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Less than 8 bits per sample. */
 | |
|    bit_index &= 7;
 | |
|    return (result >> (8-bit_index-bit_depth)) & ((1U<<bit_depth)-1);
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Copy a single pixel, of a given size, from one buffer to another -
 | |
|  * while this is basically bit addressed there is an implicit assumption
 | |
|  * that pixels 8 or more bits in size are byte aligned and that pixels
 | |
|  * do not otherwise cross byte boundaries.  (This is, so far as I know,
 | |
|  * universally true in bitmap computer graphics.  [JCB 20101212])
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * NOTE: The to and from buffers may be the same.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| pixel_copy(png_bytep toBuffer, png_uint_32 toIndex,
 | |
|    png_const_bytep fromBuffer, png_uint_32 fromIndex, unsigned int pixelSize)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Assume we can multiply by 'size' without overflow because we are
 | |
|     * just working in a single buffer.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    toIndex *= pixelSize;
 | |
|    fromIndex *= pixelSize;
 | |
|    if (pixelSize < 8) /* Sub-byte */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Mask to select the location of the copied pixel: */
 | |
|       unsigned int destMask = ((1U<<pixelSize)-1) << (8-pixelSize-(toIndex&7));
 | |
|       /* The following read the entire pixels and clears the extra: */
 | |
|       unsigned int destByte = toBuffer[toIndex >> 3] & ~destMask;
 | |
|       unsigned int sourceByte = fromBuffer[fromIndex >> 3];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Don't rely on << or >> supporting '0' here, just in case: */
 | |
|       fromIndex &= 7;
 | |
|       if (fromIndex > 0) sourceByte <<= fromIndex;
 | |
|       if ((toIndex & 7) > 0) sourceByte >>= toIndex & 7;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       toBuffer[toIndex >> 3] = (png_byte)(destByte | (sourceByte & destMask));
 | |
|    }
 | |
|    else /* One or more bytes */
 | |
|       memmove(toBuffer+(toIndex>>3), fromBuffer+(fromIndex>>3), pixelSize>>3);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Copy a complete row of pixels, taking into account potential partial
 | |
|  * bytes at the end.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| row_copy(png_bytep toBuffer, png_const_bytep fromBuffer, unsigned int bitWidth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    memcpy(toBuffer, fromBuffer, bitWidth >> 3);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if ((bitWidth & 7) != 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       unsigned int mask;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       toBuffer += bitWidth >> 3;
 | |
|       fromBuffer += bitWidth >> 3;
 | |
|       /* The remaining bits are in the top of the byte, the mask is the bits to
 | |
|        * retain.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       mask = 0xff >> (bitWidth & 7);
 | |
|       *toBuffer = (png_byte)((*toBuffer & mask) | (*fromBuffer & ~mask));
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Compare pixels - they are assumed to start at the first byte in the
 | |
|  * given buffers.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static int
 | |
| pixel_cmp(png_const_bytep pa, png_const_bytep pb, png_uint_32 bit_width)
 | |
| {
 | |
| #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10506
 | |
|    if (memcmp(pa, pb, bit_width>>3) == 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_uint_32 p;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if ((bit_width & 7) == 0) return 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Ok, any differences? */
 | |
|       p = pa[bit_width >> 3];
 | |
|       p ^= pb[bit_width >> 3];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (p == 0) return 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* There are, but they may not be significant, remove the bits
 | |
|        * after the end (the low order bits in PNG.)
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       bit_width &= 7;
 | |
|       p >>= 8-bit_width;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (p == 0) return 0;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| #else
 | |
|    /* From libpng-1.5.6 the overwrite should be fixed, so compare the trailing
 | |
|     * bits too:
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (memcmp(pa, pb, (bit_width+7)>>3) == 0)
 | |
|       return 0;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Return the index of the changed byte. */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_uint_32 where = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       while (pa[where] == pb[where]) ++where;
 | |
|       return 1+where;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************** BASIC PNG FILE WRITING ***************************/
 | |
| /* A png_store takes data from the sequential writer or provides data
 | |
|  * to the sequential reader.  It can also store the result of a PNG
 | |
|  * write for later retrieval.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #define STORE_BUFFER_SIZE 500 /* arbitrary */
 | |
| typedef struct png_store_buffer
 | |
| {
 | |
|    struct png_store_buffer*  prev;    /* NOTE: stored in reverse order */
 | |
|    png_byte                  buffer[STORE_BUFFER_SIZE];
 | |
| } png_store_buffer;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define FILE_NAME_SIZE 64
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct store_palette_entry /* record of a single palette entry */
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_byte red;
 | |
|    png_byte green;
 | |
|    png_byte blue;
 | |
|    png_byte alpha;
 | |
| } store_palette_entry, store_palette[256];
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct png_store_file
 | |
| {
 | |
|    struct png_store_file*  next;      /* as many as you like... */
 | |
|    char                    name[FILE_NAME_SIZE];
 | |
|    png_uint_32             id;        /* must be correct (see FILEID) */
 | |
|    png_size_t              datacount; /* In this (the last) buffer */
 | |
|    png_store_buffer        data;      /* Last buffer in file */
 | |
|    int                     npalette;  /* Number of entries in palette */
 | |
|    store_palette_entry*    palette;   /* May be NULL */
 | |
| } png_store_file;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The following is a pool of memory allocated by a single libpng read or write
 | |
|  * operation.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| typedef struct store_pool
 | |
| {
 | |
|    struct png_store    *store;   /* Back pointer */
 | |
|    struct store_memory *list;    /* List of allocated memory */
 | |
|    png_byte             mark[4]; /* Before and after data */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Statistics for this run. */
 | |
|    png_alloc_size_t     max;     /* Maximum single allocation */
 | |
|    png_alloc_size_t     current; /* Current allocation */
 | |
|    png_alloc_size_t     limit;   /* Highest current allocation */
 | |
|    png_alloc_size_t     total;   /* Total allocation */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Overall statistics (retained across successive runs). */
 | |
|    png_alloc_size_t     max_max;
 | |
|    png_alloc_size_t     max_limit;
 | |
|    png_alloc_size_t     max_total;
 | |
| } store_pool;
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct png_store
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* For cexcept.h exception handling - simply store one of these;
 | |
|     * the context is a self pointer but it may point to a different
 | |
|     * png_store (in fact it never does in this program.)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    struct exception_context
 | |
|                       exception_context;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    unsigned int       verbose :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int       treat_warnings_as_errors :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int       expect_error :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int       expect_warning :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int       saw_warning :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int       speed :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int       progressive :1; /* use progressive read */
 | |
|    unsigned int       validated :1;   /* used as a temporary flag */
 | |
|    int                nerrors;
 | |
|    int                nwarnings;
 | |
|    char               test[128]; /* Name of test */
 | |
|    char               error[256];
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Read fields */
 | |
|    png_structp        pread;    /* Used to read a saved file */
 | |
|    png_infop          piread;
 | |
|    png_store_file*    current;  /* Set when reading */
 | |
|    png_store_buffer*  next;     /* Set when reading */
 | |
|    png_size_t         readpos;  /* Position in *next */
 | |
|    png_byte*          image;    /* Buffer for reading interlaced images */
 | |
|    png_size_t         cb_image; /* Size of this buffer */
 | |
|    png_size_t         cb_row;   /* Row size of the image(s) */
 | |
|    png_uint_32        image_h;  /* Number of rows in a single image */
 | |
|    store_pool         read_memory_pool;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Write fields */
 | |
|    png_store_file*    saved;
 | |
|    png_structp        pwrite;   /* Used when writing a new file */
 | |
|    png_infop          piwrite;
 | |
|    png_size_t         writepos; /* Position in .new */
 | |
|    char               wname[FILE_NAME_SIZE];
 | |
|    png_store_buffer   new;      /* The end of the new PNG file being written. */
 | |
|    store_pool         write_memory_pool;
 | |
|    store_palette_entry* palette;
 | |
|    int                  npalette;
 | |
| } png_store;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Initialization and cleanup */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_pool_mark(png_bytep mark)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    static png_uint_32 store_seed[2] = { 0x12345678, 1};
 | |
| 
 | |
|    make_four_random_bytes(store_seed, mark);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Use this for random 32 bit values; this function makes sure the result is
 | |
|  * non-zero.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static png_uint_32
 | |
| random_32(void)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 
 | |
|    for(;;)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_byte mark[4];
 | |
|       png_uint_32 result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       store_pool_mark(mark);
 | |
|       result = png_get_uint_32(mark);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (result != 0)
 | |
|          return result;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_pool_init(png_store *ps, store_pool *pool)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    memset(pool, 0, sizeof *pool);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    pool->store = ps;
 | |
|    pool->list = NULL;
 | |
|    pool->max = pool->current = pool->limit = pool->total = 0;
 | |
|    pool->max_max = pool->max_limit = pool->max_total = 0;
 | |
|    store_pool_mark(pool->mark);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_init(png_store* ps)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    memset(ps, 0, sizeof *ps);
 | |
|    init_exception_context(&ps->exception_context);
 | |
|    store_pool_init(ps, &ps->read_memory_pool);
 | |
|    store_pool_init(ps, &ps->write_memory_pool);
 | |
|    ps->verbose = 0;
 | |
|    ps->treat_warnings_as_errors = 0;
 | |
|    ps->expect_error = 0;
 | |
|    ps->expect_warning = 0;
 | |
|    ps->saw_warning = 0;
 | |
|    ps->speed = 0;
 | |
|    ps->progressive = 0;
 | |
|    ps->validated = 0;
 | |
|    ps->nerrors = ps->nwarnings = 0;
 | |
|    ps->pread = NULL;
 | |
|    ps->piread = NULL;
 | |
|    ps->saved = ps->current = NULL;
 | |
|    ps->next = NULL;
 | |
|    ps->readpos = 0;
 | |
|    ps->image = NULL;
 | |
|    ps->cb_image = 0;
 | |
|    ps->cb_row = 0;
 | |
|    ps->image_h = 0;
 | |
|    ps->pwrite = NULL;
 | |
|    ps->piwrite = NULL;
 | |
|    ps->writepos = 0;
 | |
|    ps->new.prev = NULL;
 | |
|    ps->palette = NULL;
 | |
|    ps->npalette = 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_freebuffer(png_store_buffer* psb)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (psb->prev)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       store_freebuffer(psb->prev);
 | |
|       free(psb->prev);
 | |
|       psb->prev = NULL;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_freenew(png_store *ps)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    store_freebuffer(&ps->new);
 | |
|    ps->writepos = 0;
 | |
|    if (ps->palette != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       free(ps->palette);
 | |
|       ps->palette = NULL;
 | |
|       ps->npalette = 0;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_storenew(png_store *ps)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_store_buffer *pb;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (ps->writepos != STORE_BUFFER_SIZE)
 | |
|       png_error(ps->pwrite, "invalid store call");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    pb = voidcast(png_store_buffer*, malloc(sizeof *pb));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (pb == NULL)
 | |
|       png_error(ps->pwrite, "store new: OOM");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    *pb = ps->new;
 | |
|    ps->new.prev = pb;
 | |
|    ps->writepos = 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_freefile(png_store_file **ppf)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (*ppf != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       store_freefile(&(*ppf)->next);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       store_freebuffer(&(*ppf)->data);
 | |
|       (*ppf)->datacount = 0;
 | |
|       if ((*ppf)->palette != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          free((*ppf)->palette);
 | |
|          (*ppf)->palette = NULL;
 | |
|          (*ppf)->npalette = 0;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       free(*ppf);
 | |
|       *ppf = NULL;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Main interface to file storeage, after writing a new PNG file (see the API
 | |
|  * below) call store_storefile to store the result with the given name and id.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_storefile(png_store *ps, png_uint_32 id)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_store_file *pf = voidcast(png_store_file*, malloc(sizeof *pf));
 | |
|    if (pf == NULL)
 | |
|       png_error(ps->pwrite, "storefile: OOM");
 | |
|    safecat(pf->name, sizeof pf->name, 0, ps->wname);
 | |
|    pf->id = id;
 | |
|    pf->data = ps->new;
 | |
|    pf->datacount = ps->writepos;
 | |
|    ps->new.prev = NULL;
 | |
|    ps->writepos = 0;
 | |
|    pf->palette = ps->palette;
 | |
|    pf->npalette = ps->npalette;
 | |
|    ps->palette = 0;
 | |
|    ps->npalette = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* And save it. */
 | |
|    pf->next = ps->saved;
 | |
|    ps->saved = pf;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Generate an error message (in the given buffer) */
 | |
| static size_t
 | |
| store_message(png_store *ps, png_const_structp pp, char *buffer, size_t bufsize,
 | |
|    size_t pos, PNG_CONST char *msg)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (pp != NULL && pp == ps->pread)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Reading a file */
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "read: ");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (ps->current != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ps->current->name);
 | |
|          pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, sep);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (pp != NULL && pp == ps->pwrite)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Writing a file */
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "write: ");
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ps->wname);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, sep);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Neither reading nor writing (or a memory error in struct delete) */
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "pngvalid: ");
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (ps->test[0] != 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ps->test);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, sep);
 | |
|    }
 | |
|    pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, msg);
 | |
|    return pos;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Verbose output to the error stream: */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_verbose(png_store *ps, png_const_structp pp, png_const_charp prefix,
 | |
|    png_const_charp message)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    char buffer[512];
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (prefix)
 | |
|       fputs(prefix, stderr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    (void)store_message(ps, pp, buffer, sizeof buffer, 0, message);
 | |
|    fputs(buffer, stderr);
 | |
|    fputc('\n', stderr);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Log an error or warning - the relevant count is always incremented. */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_log(png_store* ps, png_const_structp pp, png_const_charp message,
 | |
|    int is_error)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* The warning is copied to the error buffer if there are no errors and it is
 | |
|     * the first warning.  The error is copied to the error buffer if it is the
 | |
|     * first error (overwriting any prior warnings).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (is_error ? (ps->nerrors)++ == 0 :
 | |
|        (ps->nwarnings)++ == 0 && ps->nerrors == 0)
 | |
|       store_message(ps, pp, ps->error, sizeof ps->error, 0, message);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (ps->verbose)
 | |
|       store_verbose(ps, pp, is_error ? "error: " : "warning: ", message);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Internal error function, called with a png_store but no libpng stuff. */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| internal_error(png_store *ps, png_const_charp message)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    store_log(ps, NULL, message, 1 /* error */);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* And finally throw an exception. */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       struct exception_context *the_exception_context = &ps->exception_context;
 | |
|       Throw ps;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Functions to use as PNG callbacks. */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_error(png_structp ppIn, png_const_charp message) /* PNG_NORETURN */
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_const_structp pp = ppIn;
 | |
|    png_store *ps = voidcast(png_store*, png_get_error_ptr(pp));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!ps->expect_error)
 | |
|       store_log(ps, pp, message, 1 /* error */);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* And finally throw an exception. */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       struct exception_context *the_exception_context = &ps->exception_context;
 | |
|       Throw ps;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_warning(png_structp ppIn, png_const_charp message)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_const_structp pp = ppIn;
 | |
|    png_store *ps = voidcast(png_store*, png_get_error_ptr(pp));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!ps->expect_warning)
 | |
|       store_log(ps, pp, message, 0 /* warning */);
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       ps->saw_warning = 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* These somewhat odd functions are used when reading an image to ensure that
 | |
|  * the buffer is big enough, the png_structp is for errors.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| /* Return a single row from the correct image. */
 | |
| static png_bytep
 | |
| store_image_row(PNG_CONST png_store* ps, png_const_structp pp, int nImage,
 | |
|    png_uint_32 y)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_size_t coffset = (nImage * ps->image_h + y) * (ps->cb_row + 5) + 2;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (ps->image == NULL)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "no allocated image");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (coffset + ps->cb_row + 3 > ps->cb_image)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "image too small");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return ps->image + coffset;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_image_free(png_store *ps, png_const_structp pp)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (ps->image != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_bytep image = ps->image;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (image[-1] != 0xed || image[ps->cb_image] != 0xfe)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (pp != NULL)
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "png_store image overwrite (1)");
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             store_log(ps, NULL, "png_store image overwrite (2)", 1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       ps->image = NULL;
 | |
|       ps->cb_image = 0;
 | |
|       --image;
 | |
|       free(image);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_ensure_image(png_store *ps, png_const_structp pp, int nImages,
 | |
|    png_size_t cbRow, png_uint_32 cRows)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_size_t cb = nImages * cRows * (cbRow + 5);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (ps->cb_image < cb)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_bytep image;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       store_image_free(ps, pp);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The buffer is deliberately mis-aligned. */
 | |
|       image = voidcast(png_bytep, malloc(cb+2));
 | |
|       if (image == NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* Called from the startup - ignore the error for the moment. */
 | |
|          if (pp == NULL)
 | |
|             return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "OOM allocating image buffer");
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* These magic tags are used to detect overwrites above. */
 | |
|       ++image;
 | |
|       image[-1] = 0xed;
 | |
|       image[cb] = 0xfe;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       ps->image = image;
 | |
|       ps->cb_image = cb;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* We have an adequate sized image; lay out the rows.  There are 2 bytes at
 | |
|     * the start and three at the end of each (this ensures that the row
 | |
|     * alignment starts out odd - 2+1 and changes for larger images on each row.)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    ps->cb_row = cbRow;
 | |
|    ps->image_h = cRows;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* For error checking, the whole buffer is set to 10110010 (0xb2 - 178).
 | |
|     * This deliberately doesn't match the bits in the size test image which are
 | |
|     * outside the image; these are set to 0xff (all 1).  To make the row
 | |
|     * comparison work in the 'size' test case the size rows are pre-initialized
 | |
|     * to the same value prior to calling 'standard_row'.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    memset(ps->image, 178, cb);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Then put in the marks. */
 | |
|    while (--nImages >= 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_uint_32 y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (y=0; y<cRows; ++y)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          png_bytep row = store_image_row(ps, pp, nImages, y);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* The markers: */
 | |
|          row[-2] = 190;
 | |
|          row[-1] = 239;
 | |
|          row[cbRow] = 222;
 | |
|          row[cbRow+1] = 173;
 | |
|          row[cbRow+2] = 17;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_image_check(PNG_CONST png_store* ps, png_const_structp pp, int iImage)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_const_bytep image = ps->image;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (image[-1] != 0xed || image[ps->cb_image] != 0xfe)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "image overwrite");
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_size_t cbRow = ps->cb_row;
 | |
|       png_uint_32 rows = ps->image_h;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       image += iImage * (cbRow+5) * ps->image_h;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       image += 2; /* skip image first row markers */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       while (rows-- > 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (image[-2] != 190 || image[-1] != 239)
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "row start overwritten");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (image[cbRow] != 222 || image[cbRow+1] != 173 ||
 | |
|             image[cbRow+2] != 17)
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "row end overwritten");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          image += cbRow+5;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_write(png_structp ppIn, png_bytep pb, png_size_t st)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_const_structp pp = ppIn;
 | |
|    png_store *ps = voidcast(png_store*, png_get_io_ptr(pp));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (ps->pwrite != pp)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "store state damaged");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    while (st > 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       size_t cb;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (ps->writepos >= STORE_BUFFER_SIZE)
 | |
|          store_storenew(ps);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       cb = st;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (cb > STORE_BUFFER_SIZE - ps->writepos)
 | |
|          cb = STORE_BUFFER_SIZE - ps->writepos;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       memcpy(ps->new.buffer + ps->writepos, pb, cb);
 | |
|       pb += cb;
 | |
|       st -= cb;
 | |
|       ps->writepos += cb;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_flush(png_structp ppIn)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(ppIn) /*DOES NOTHING*/
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static size_t
 | |
| store_read_buffer_size(png_store *ps)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Return the bytes available for read in the current buffer. */
 | |
|    if (ps->next != &ps->current->data)
 | |
|       return STORE_BUFFER_SIZE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return ps->current->datacount;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED
 | |
| /* Return total bytes available for read. */
 | |
| static size_t
 | |
| store_read_buffer_avail(png_store *ps)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (ps->current != NULL && ps->next != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_store_buffer *next = &ps->current->data;
 | |
|       size_t cbAvail = ps->current->datacount;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       while (next != ps->next && next != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          next = next->prev;
 | |
|          cbAvail += STORE_BUFFER_SIZE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (next != ps->next)
 | |
|          png_error(ps->pread, "buffer read error");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (cbAvail > ps->readpos)
 | |
|          return cbAvail - ps->readpos;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| store_read_buffer_next(png_store *ps)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_store_buffer *pbOld = ps->next;
 | |
|    png_store_buffer *pbNew = &ps->current->data;
 | |
|    if (pbOld != pbNew)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       while (pbNew != NULL && pbNew->prev != pbOld)
 | |
|          pbNew = pbNew->prev;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (pbNew != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          ps->next = pbNew;
 | |
|          ps->readpos = 0;
 | |
|          return 1;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_error(ps->pread, "buffer lost");
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return 0; /* EOF or error */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Need separate implementation and callback to allow use of the same code
 | |
|  * during progressive read, where the io_ptr is set internally by libpng.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_read_imp(png_store *ps, png_bytep pb, png_size_t st)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (ps->current == NULL || ps->next == NULL)
 | |
|       png_error(ps->pread, "store state damaged");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    while (st > 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       size_t cbAvail = store_read_buffer_size(ps) - ps->readpos;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (cbAvail > 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (cbAvail > st) cbAvail = st;
 | |
|          memcpy(pb, ps->next->buffer + ps->readpos, cbAvail);
 | |
|          st -= cbAvail;
 | |
|          pb += cbAvail;
 | |
|          ps->readpos += cbAvail;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (!store_read_buffer_next(ps))
 | |
|          png_error(ps->pread, "read beyond end of file");
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_read(png_structp ppIn, png_bytep pb, png_size_t st)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_const_structp pp = ppIn;
 | |
|    png_store *ps = voidcast(png_store*, png_get_io_ptr(pp));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (ps == NULL || ps->pread != pp)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "bad store read call");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    store_read_imp(ps, pb, st);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_progressive_read(png_store *ps, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Notice that a call to store_read will cause this function to fail because
 | |
|     * readpos will be set.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (ps->pread != pp || ps->current == NULL || ps->next == NULL)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "store state damaged (progressive)");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    do
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (ps->readpos != 0)
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "store_read called during progressive read");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_process_data(pp, pi, ps->next->buffer, store_read_buffer_size(ps));
 | |
|    }
 | |
|    while (store_read_buffer_next(ps));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The caller must fill this in: */
 | |
| static store_palette_entry *
 | |
| store_write_palette(png_store *ps, int npalette)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (ps->pwrite == NULL)
 | |
|       store_log(ps, NULL, "attempt to write palette without write stream", 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (ps->palette != NULL)
 | |
|       png_error(ps->pwrite, "multiple store_write_palette calls");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This function can only return NULL if called with '0'! */
 | |
|    if (npalette > 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       ps->palette = voidcast(store_palette_entry*, malloc(npalette *
 | |
|          sizeof *ps->palette));
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (ps->palette == NULL)
 | |
|          png_error(ps->pwrite, "store new palette: OOM");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       ps->npalette = npalette;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return ps->palette;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static store_palette_entry *
 | |
| store_current_palette(png_store *ps, int *npalette)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* This is an internal error (the call has been made outside a read
 | |
|     * operation.)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (ps->current == NULL)
 | |
|       store_log(ps, ps->pread, "no current stream for palette", 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The result may be null if there is no palette. */
 | |
|    *npalette = ps->current->npalette;
 | |
|    return ps->current->palette;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /***************************** MEMORY MANAGEMENT*** ***************************/
 | |
| /* A store_memory is simply the header for an allocated block of memory.  The
 | |
|  * pointer returned to libpng is just after the end of the header block, the
 | |
|  * allocated memory is followed by a second copy of the 'mark'.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| typedef struct store_memory
 | |
| {
 | |
|    store_pool          *pool;    /* Originating pool */
 | |
|    struct store_memory *next;    /* Singly linked list */
 | |
|    png_alloc_size_t     size;    /* Size of memory allocated */
 | |
|    png_byte             mark[4]; /* ID marker */
 | |
| } store_memory;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Handle a fatal error in memory allocation.  This calls png_error if the
 | |
|  * libpng struct is non-NULL, else it outputs a message and returns.  This means
 | |
|  * that a memory problem while libpng is running will abort (png_error) the
 | |
|  * handling of particular file while one in cleanup (after the destroy of the
 | |
|  * struct has returned) will simply keep going and free (or attempt to free)
 | |
|  * all the memory.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_pool_error(png_store *ps, png_const_structp pp, PNG_CONST char *msg)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (pp != NULL)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, msg);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Else we have to do it ourselves.  png_error eventually calls store_log,
 | |
|     * above.  store_log accepts a NULL png_structp - it just changes what gets
 | |
|     * output by store_message.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    store_log(ps, pp, msg, 1 /* error */);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_memory_free(png_const_structp pp, store_pool *pool, store_memory *memory)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Note that pp may be NULL (see store_pool_delete below), the caller has
 | |
|     * found 'memory' in pool->list *and* unlinked this entry, so this is a valid
 | |
|     * pointer (for sure), but the contents may have been trashed.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (memory->pool != pool)
 | |
|       store_pool_error(pool->store, pp, "memory corrupted (pool)");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (memcmp(memory->mark, pool->mark, sizeof memory->mark) != 0)
 | |
|       store_pool_error(pool->store, pp, "memory corrupted (start)");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* It should be safe to read the size field now. */
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_alloc_size_t cb = memory->size;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (cb > pool->max)
 | |
|          store_pool_error(pool->store, pp, "memory corrupted (size)");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (memcmp((png_bytep)(memory+1)+cb, pool->mark, sizeof pool->mark)
 | |
|          != 0)
 | |
|          store_pool_error(pool->store, pp, "memory corrupted (end)");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Finally give the library a chance to find problems too: */
 | |
|       else
 | |
|          {
 | |
|          pool->current -= cb;
 | |
|          free(memory);
 | |
|          }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_pool_delete(png_store *ps, store_pool *pool)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (pool->list != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s %s: memory lost (list follows):\n", ps->test,
 | |
|          pool == &ps->read_memory_pool ? "read" : "write",
 | |
|          pool == &ps->read_memory_pool ? (ps->current != NULL ?
 | |
|             ps->current->name : "unknown file") : ps->wname);
 | |
|       ++ps->nerrors;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       do
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          store_memory *next = pool->list;
 | |
|          pool->list = next->next;
 | |
|          next->next = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          fprintf(stderr, "\t%lu bytes @ %p\n",
 | |
|              (unsigned long)next->size, (PNG_CONST void*)(next+1));
 | |
|          /* The NULL means this will always return, even if the memory is
 | |
|           * corrupted.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          store_memory_free(NULL, pool, next);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       while (pool->list != NULL);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* And reset the other fields too for the next time. */
 | |
|    if (pool->max > pool->max_max) pool->max_max = pool->max;
 | |
|    pool->max = 0;
 | |
|    if (pool->current != 0) /* unexpected internal error */
 | |
|       fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s %s: memory counter mismatch (internal error)\n",
 | |
|          ps->test, pool == &ps->read_memory_pool ? "read" : "write",
 | |
|          pool == &ps->read_memory_pool ? (ps->current != NULL ?
 | |
|             ps->current->name : "unknown file") : ps->wname);
 | |
|    pool->current = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (pool->limit > pool->max_limit)
 | |
|       pool->max_limit = pool->limit;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    pool->limit = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (pool->total > pool->max_total)
 | |
|       pool->max_total = pool->total;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    pool->total = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Get a new mark too. */
 | |
|    store_pool_mark(pool->mark);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The memory callbacks: */
 | |
| static png_voidp
 | |
| store_malloc(png_structp ppIn, png_alloc_size_t cb)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_const_structp pp = ppIn;
 | |
|    store_pool *pool = voidcast(store_pool*, png_get_mem_ptr(pp));
 | |
|    store_memory *new = voidcast(store_memory*, malloc(cb + (sizeof *new) +
 | |
|       (sizeof pool->mark)));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (new != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (cb > pool->max)
 | |
|          pool->max = cb;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       pool->current += cb;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (pool->current > pool->limit)
 | |
|          pool->limit = pool->current;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       pool->total += cb;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       new->size = cb;
 | |
|       memcpy(new->mark, pool->mark, sizeof new->mark);
 | |
|       memcpy((png_byte*)(new+1) + cb, pool->mark, sizeof pool->mark);
 | |
|       new->pool = pool;
 | |
|       new->next = pool->list;
 | |
|       pool->list = new;
 | |
|       ++new;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* NOTE: the PNG user malloc function cannot use the png_ptr it is passed
 | |
|        * other than to retrieve the allocation pointer!  libpng calls the
 | |
|        * store_malloc callback in two basic cases:
 | |
|        *
 | |
|        * 1) From png_malloc; png_malloc will do a png_error itself if NULL is
 | |
|        *    returned.
 | |
|        * 2) From png_struct or png_info structure creation; png_malloc is
 | |
|        *    to return so cleanup can be performed.
 | |
|        *
 | |
|        * To handle this store_malloc can log a message, but can't do anything
 | |
|        * else.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       store_log(pool->store, pp, "out of memory", 1 /* is_error */);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return new;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_free(png_structp ppIn, png_voidp memory)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_const_structp pp = ppIn;
 | |
|    store_pool *pool = voidcast(store_pool*, png_get_mem_ptr(pp));
 | |
|    store_memory *this = voidcast(store_memory*, memory), **test;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Because libpng calls store_free with a dummy png_struct when deleting
 | |
|     * png_struct or png_info via png_destroy_struct_2 it is necessary to check
 | |
|     * the passed in png_structp to ensure it is valid, and not pass it to
 | |
|     * png_error if it is not.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (pp != pool->store->pread && pp != pool->store->pwrite)
 | |
|       pp = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* First check that this 'memory' really is valid memory - it must be in the
 | |
|     * pool list.  If it is, use the shared memory_free function to free it.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    --this;
 | |
|    for (test = &pool->list; *test != this; test = &(*test)->next)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (*test == NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          store_pool_error(pool->store, pp, "bad pointer to free");
 | |
|          return;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Unlink this entry, *test == this. */
 | |
|    *test = this->next;
 | |
|    this->next = NULL;
 | |
|    store_memory_free(pp, pool, this);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Setup functions. */
 | |
| /* Cleanup when aborting a write or after storing the new file. */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_write_reset(png_store *ps)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (ps->pwrite != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       anon_context(ps);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Try
 | |
|          png_destroy_write_struct(&ps->pwrite, &ps->piwrite);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Catch_anonymous
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* memory corruption: continue. */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       ps->pwrite = NULL;
 | |
|       ps->piwrite = NULL;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* And make sure that all the memory has been freed - this will output
 | |
|     * spurious errors in the case of memory corruption above, but this is safe.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    store_pool_delete(ps, &ps->write_memory_pool);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    store_freenew(ps);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The following is the main write function, it returns a png_struct and,
 | |
|  * optionally, a png_info suitable for writiing a new PNG file.  Use
 | |
|  * store_storefile above to record this file after it has been written.  The
 | |
|  * returned libpng structures as destroyed by store_write_reset above.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static png_structp
 | |
| set_store_for_write(png_store *ps, png_infopp ppi,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST char * volatile name)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    anon_context(ps);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Try
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (ps->pwrite != NULL)
 | |
|          png_error(ps->pwrite, "write store already in use");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       store_write_reset(ps);
 | |
|       safecat(ps->wname, sizeof ps->wname, 0, name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Don't do the slow memory checks if doing a speed test. */
 | |
|       if (ps->speed)
 | |
|          ps->pwrite = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING,
 | |
|             ps, store_error, store_warning);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|          ps->pwrite = png_create_write_struct_2(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING,
 | |
|             ps, store_error, store_warning, &ps->write_memory_pool,
 | |
|             store_malloc, store_free);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_set_write_fn(ps->pwrite, ps, store_write, store_flush);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (ppi != NULL)
 | |
|          *ppi = ps->piwrite = png_create_info_struct(ps->pwrite);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Catch_anonymous
 | |
|       return NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return ps->pwrite;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Cleanup when finished reading (either due to error or in the success case).
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_read_reset(png_store *ps)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (ps->pread != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       anon_context(ps);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Try
 | |
|          png_destroy_read_struct(&ps->pread, &ps->piread, NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Catch_anonymous
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* error already output: continue */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       ps->pread = NULL;
 | |
|       ps->piread = NULL;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Always do this to be safe. */
 | |
|    store_pool_delete(ps, &ps->read_memory_pool);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    ps->current = NULL;
 | |
|    ps->next = NULL;
 | |
|    ps->readpos = 0;
 | |
|    ps->validated = 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_read_set(png_store *ps, png_uint_32 id)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_store_file *pf = ps->saved;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    while (pf != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (pf->id == id)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          ps->current = pf;
 | |
|          ps->next = NULL;
 | |
|          store_read_buffer_next(ps);
 | |
|          return;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       pf = pf->next;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       size_t pos;
 | |
|       char msg[FILE_NAME_SIZE+64];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       pos = standard_name_from_id(msg, sizeof msg, 0, id);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ": file not found");
 | |
|       png_error(ps->pread, msg);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The main interface for reading a saved file - pass the id number of the file
 | |
|  * to retrieve.  Ids must be unique or the earlier file will be hidden.  The API
 | |
|  * returns a png_struct and, optionally, a png_info.  Both of these will be
 | |
|  * destroyed by store_read_reset above.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static png_structp
 | |
| set_store_for_read(png_store *ps, png_infopp ppi, png_uint_32 id,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST char *name)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Set the name for png_error */
 | |
|    safecat(ps->test, sizeof ps->test, 0, name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (ps->pread != NULL)
 | |
|       png_error(ps->pread, "read store already in use");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    store_read_reset(ps);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Both the create APIs can return NULL if used in their default mode
 | |
|     * (because there is no other way of handling an error because the jmp_buf
 | |
|     * by default is stored in png_struct and that has not been allocated!)
 | |
|     * However, given that store_error works correctly in these circumstances
 | |
|     * we don't ever expect NULL in this program.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (ps->speed)
 | |
|       ps->pread = png_create_read_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, ps,
 | |
|           store_error, store_warning);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       ps->pread = png_create_read_struct_2(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, ps,
 | |
|           store_error, store_warning, &ps->read_memory_pool, store_malloc,
 | |
|           store_free);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (ps->pread == NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       struct exception_context *the_exception_context = &ps->exception_context;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       store_log(ps, NULL, "png_create_read_struct returned NULL (unexpected)",
 | |
|          1 /*error*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Throw ps;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    store_read_set(ps, id);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (ppi != NULL)
 | |
|       *ppi = ps->piread = png_create_info_struct(ps->pread);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return ps->pread;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The overall cleanup of a store simply calls the above then removes all the
 | |
|  * saved files.  This does not delete the store itself.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| store_delete(png_store *ps)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    store_write_reset(ps);
 | |
|    store_read_reset(ps);
 | |
|    store_freefile(&ps->saved);
 | |
|    store_image_free(ps, NULL);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*********************** PNG FILE MODIFICATION ON READ ************************/
 | |
| /* Files may be modified on read.  The following structure contains a complete
 | |
|  * png_store together with extra members to handle modification and a special
 | |
|  * read callback for libpng.  To use this the 'modifications' field must be set
 | |
|  * to a list of png_modification structures that actually perform the
 | |
|  * modification, otherwise a png_modifier is functionally equivalent to a
 | |
|  * png_store.  There is a special read function, set_modifier_for_read, which
 | |
|  * replaces set_store_for_read.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| typedef enum modifier_state
 | |
| {
 | |
|    modifier_start,                        /* Initial value */
 | |
|    modifier_signature,                    /* Have a signature */
 | |
|    modifier_IHDR                          /* Have an IHDR */
 | |
| } modifier_state;
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct CIE_color
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* A single CIE tristimulus value, representing the unique response of a
 | |
|     * standard observer to a variety of light spectra.  The observer recognizes
 | |
|     * all spectra that produce this response as the same color, therefore this
 | |
|     * is effectively a description of a color.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    double X, Y, Z;
 | |
| } CIE_color;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static double
 | |
| chromaticity_x(CIE_color c)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    return c.X / (c.X + c.Y + c.Z);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static double
 | |
| chromaticity_y(CIE_color c)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    return c.Y / (c.X + c.Y + c.Z);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct color_encoding
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* A description of an (R,G,B) encoding of color (as defined above); this
 | |
|     * includes the actual colors of the (R,G,B) triples (1,0,0), (0,1,0) and
 | |
|     * (0,0,1) plus an encoding value that is used to encode the linear
 | |
|     * components R, G and B to give the actual values R^gamma, G^gamma and
 | |
|     * B^gamma that are stored.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    double    gamma;            /* Encoding (file) gamma of space */
 | |
|    CIE_color red, green, blue; /* End points */
 | |
| } color_encoding;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static CIE_color
 | |
| white_point(PNG_CONST color_encoding *encoding)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    CIE_color white;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    white.X = encoding->red.X + encoding->green.X + encoding->blue.X;
 | |
|    white.Y = encoding->red.Y + encoding->green.Y + encoding->blue.Y;
 | |
|    white.Z = encoding->red.Z + encoding->green.Z + encoding->blue.Z;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return white;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| normalize_color_encoding(color_encoding *encoding)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    PNG_CONST double whiteY = encoding->red.Y + encoding->green.Y +
 | |
|       encoding->blue.Y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (whiteY != 1)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       encoding->red.X /= whiteY;
 | |
|       encoding->red.Y /= whiteY;
 | |
|       encoding->red.Z /= whiteY;
 | |
|       encoding->green.X /= whiteY;
 | |
|       encoding->green.Y /= whiteY;
 | |
|       encoding->green.Z /= whiteY;
 | |
|       encoding->blue.X /= whiteY;
 | |
|       encoding->blue.Y /= whiteY;
 | |
|       encoding->blue.Z /= whiteY;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static size_t
 | |
| safecat_color_encoding(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST color_encoding *e, double encoding_gamma)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (e != 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (encoding_gamma != 0)
 | |
|          pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "(");
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "R(");
 | |
|       pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->red.X, 4);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ",");
 | |
|       pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->red.Y, 4);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ",");
 | |
|       pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->red.Z, 4);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "),G(");
 | |
|       pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->green.X, 4);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ",");
 | |
|       pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->green.Y, 4);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ",");
 | |
|       pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->green.Z, 4);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "),B(");
 | |
|       pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->blue.X, 4);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ",");
 | |
|       pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->blue.Y, 4);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ",");
 | |
|       pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, e->blue.Z, 4);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ")");
 | |
|       if (encoding_gamma != 0)
 | |
|          pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, ")");
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (encoding_gamma != 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "^");
 | |
|       pos = safecatd(buffer, bufsize, pos, encoding_gamma, 5);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return pos;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct png_modifier
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_store               this;             /* I am a png_store */
 | |
|    struct png_modification *modifications;   /* Changes to make */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    modifier_state           state;           /* My state */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Information from IHDR: */
 | |
|    png_byte                 bit_depth;       /* From IHDR */
 | |
|    png_byte                 colour_type;     /* From IHDR */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* While handling PLTE, IDAT and IEND these chunks may be pended to allow
 | |
|     * other chunks to be inserted.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    png_uint_32              pending_len;
 | |
|    png_uint_32              pending_chunk;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Test values */
 | |
|    double                   *gammas;
 | |
|    unsigned int              ngammas;
 | |
|    unsigned int              ngamma_tests;     /* Number of gamma tests to run*/
 | |
|    double                    current_gamma;    /* 0 if not set */
 | |
|    PNG_CONST color_encoding *encodings;
 | |
|    unsigned int              nencodings;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST color_encoding *current_encoding; /* If an encoding has been set */
 | |
|    unsigned int              encoding_counter; /* For iteration */
 | |
|    int                       encoding_ignored; /* Something overwrote it */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Control variables used to iterate through possible encodings, the
 | |
|     * following must be set to 0 and tested by the function that uses the
 | |
|     * png_modifier because the modifier only sets it to 1 (true.)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    unsigned int              repeat :1;   /* Repeat this transform test. */
 | |
|    unsigned int              test_uses_encoding :1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Lowest sbit to test (libpng fails for sbit < 8) */
 | |
|    png_byte                 sbitlow;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Error control - these are the limits on errors accepted by the gamma tests
 | |
|     * below.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    double                   maxout8;  /* Maximum output value error */
 | |
|    double                   maxabs8;  /* Absolute sample error 0..1 */
 | |
|    double                   maxcalc8; /* Absolute sample error 0..1 */
 | |
|    double                   maxpc8;   /* Percentage sample error 0..100% */
 | |
|    double                   maxout16; /* Maximum output value error */
 | |
|    double                   maxabs16; /* Absolute sample error 0..1 */
 | |
|    double                   maxcalc16;/* Absolute sample error 0..1 */
 | |
|    double                   maxpc16;  /* Percentage sample error 0..100% */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This is set by transforms that need to allow a higher limit, it is an
 | |
|     * internal check on pngvalid to ensure that the calculated error limits are
 | |
|     * not ridiculous; without this it is too easy to make a mistake in pngvalid
 | |
|     * that allows any value through.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    double                   limit;    /* limit on error values, normally 4E-3 */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Log limits - values above this are logged, but not necessarily
 | |
|     * warned.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    double                   log8;     /* Absolute error in 8 bits to log */
 | |
|    double                   log16;    /* Absolute error in 16 bits to log */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Logged 8 and 16 bit errors ('output' values): */
 | |
|    double                   error_gray_2;
 | |
|    double                   error_gray_4;
 | |
|    double                   error_gray_8;
 | |
|    double                   error_gray_16;
 | |
|    double                   error_color_8;
 | |
|    double                   error_color_16;
 | |
|    double                   error_indexed;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Flags: */
 | |
|    /* Whether to call png_read_update_info, not png_read_start_image, and how
 | |
|     * many times to call it.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    int                      use_update_info;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Whether or not to interlace. */
 | |
|    int                      interlace_type :9; /* int, but must store '1' */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Run the standard tests? */
 | |
|    unsigned int             test_standard :1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Run the odd-sized image and interlace read/write tests? */
 | |
|    unsigned int             test_size :1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Run tests on reading with a combiniation of transforms, */
 | |
|    unsigned int             test_transform :1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* When to use the use_input_precision option: */
 | |
|    unsigned int             use_input_precision :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int             use_input_precision_sbit :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int             use_input_precision_16to8 :1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* If set assume that the calculation bit depth is set by the input
 | |
|     * precision, not the output precision.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    unsigned int             calculations_use_input_precision :1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* If set assume that the calculations are done in 16 bits even if both input
 | |
|     * and output are 8 bit or less.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    unsigned int             assume_16_bit_calculations :1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Which gamma tests to run: */
 | |
|    unsigned int             test_gamma_threshold :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int             test_gamma_transform :1; /* main tests */
 | |
|    unsigned int             test_gamma_sbit :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int             test_gamma_scale16 :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int             test_gamma_background :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int             test_gamma_alpha_mode :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int             test_gamma_expand16 :1;
 | |
|    unsigned int             test_exhaustive :1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    unsigned int             log :1;   /* Log max error */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Buffer information, the buffer size limits the size of the chunks that can
 | |
|     * be modified - they must fit (including header and CRC) into the buffer!
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    size_t                   flush;           /* Count of bytes to flush */
 | |
|    size_t                   buffer_count;    /* Bytes in buffer */
 | |
|    size_t                   buffer_position; /* Position in buffer */
 | |
|    png_byte                 buffer[1024];
 | |
| } png_modifier;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This returns true if the test should be stopped now because it has already
 | |
|  * failed and it is running silently.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static int fail(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    return !pm->log && !pm->this.verbose && (pm->this.nerrors > 0 ||
 | |
|        (pm->this.treat_warnings_as_errors && pm->this.nwarnings > 0));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| modifier_init(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    memset(pm, 0, sizeof *pm);
 | |
|    store_init(&pm->this);
 | |
|    pm->modifications = NULL;
 | |
|    pm->state = modifier_start;
 | |
|    pm->sbitlow = 1U;
 | |
|    pm->ngammas = 0;
 | |
|    pm->ngamma_tests = 0;
 | |
|    pm->gammas = 0;
 | |
|    pm->current_gamma = 0;
 | |
|    pm->encodings = 0;
 | |
|    pm->nencodings = 0;
 | |
|    pm->current_encoding = 0;
 | |
|    pm->encoding_counter = 0;
 | |
|    pm->encoding_ignored = 0;
 | |
|    pm->repeat = 0;
 | |
|    pm->test_uses_encoding = 0;
 | |
|    pm->maxout8 = pm->maxpc8 = pm->maxabs8 = pm->maxcalc8 = 0;
 | |
|    pm->maxout16 = pm->maxpc16 = pm->maxabs16 = pm->maxcalc16 = 0;
 | |
|    pm->limit = 4E-3;
 | |
|    pm->log8 = pm->log16 = 0; /* Means 'off' */
 | |
|    pm->error_gray_2 = pm->error_gray_4 = pm->error_gray_8 = 0;
 | |
|    pm->error_gray_16 = pm->error_color_8 = pm->error_color_16 = 0;
 | |
|    pm->error_indexed = 0;
 | |
|    pm->use_update_info = 0;
 | |
|    pm->interlace_type = PNG_INTERLACE_NONE;
 | |
|    pm->test_standard = 0;
 | |
|    pm->test_size = 0;
 | |
|    pm->test_transform = 0;
 | |
|    pm->use_input_precision = 0;
 | |
|    pm->use_input_precision_sbit = 0;
 | |
|    pm->use_input_precision_16to8 = 0;
 | |
|    pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 0;
 | |
|    pm->test_gamma_threshold = 0;
 | |
|    pm->test_gamma_transform = 0;
 | |
|    pm->test_gamma_sbit = 0;
 | |
|    pm->test_gamma_scale16 = 0;
 | |
|    pm->test_gamma_background = 0;
 | |
|    pm->test_gamma_alpha_mode = 0;
 | |
|    pm->test_gamma_expand16 = 0;
 | |
|    pm->test_exhaustive = 0;
 | |
|    pm->log = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Rely on the memset for all the other fields - there are no pointers */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED
 | |
| /* If pm->calculations_use_input_precision is set then operations will happen
 | |
|  * with only 8 bit precision unless both the input and output bit depth are 16.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If pm->assume_16_bit_calculations is set then even 8 bit calculations use 16
 | |
|  * bit precision.  This only affects those of the following limits that pertain
 | |
|  * to a calculation - not a digitization operation - unless the following API is
 | |
|  * called directly.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static double digitize(PNG_CONST png_modifier *pm, double value,
 | |
|    int sample_depth, int do_round)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* 'value' is in the range 0 to 1, the result is the same value rounded to a
 | |
|     * multiple of the digitization factor - 8 or 16 bits depending on both the
 | |
|     * sample depth and the 'assume' setting.  Digitization is normally by
 | |
|     * rounding and 'do_round' should be 1, if it is 0 the digitized value will
 | |
|     * be truncated.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    PNG_CONST unsigned int digitization_factor =
 | |
|       (pm->assume_16_bit_calculations || sample_depth == 16) ? 65535 : 255;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Limiting the range is done as a convenience to the caller - it's easier to
 | |
|     * do it once here than every time at the call site.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (value <= 0)
 | |
|       value = 0;
 | |
|    else if (value >= 1)
 | |
|       value = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    value *= digitization_factor;
 | |
|    if (do_round) value += .5;
 | |
|    return floor(value)/digitization_factor;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static double abserr(PNG_CONST png_modifier *pm, int in_depth, int out_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Absolute error permitted in linear values - affected by the bit depth of
 | |
|     * the calculations.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (pm->assume_16_bit_calculations || (out_depth == 16 && (in_depth == 16 ||
 | |
|       !pm->calculations_use_input_precision)))
 | |
|       return pm->maxabs16;
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       return pm->maxabs8;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static double calcerr(PNG_CONST png_modifier *pm, int in_depth, int out_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Error in the linear composition arithmetic - only relevant when
 | |
|     * composition actually happens (0 < alpha < 1).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (pm->assume_16_bit_calculations || (out_depth == 16 && (in_depth == 16 ||
 | |
|       !pm->calculations_use_input_precision)))
 | |
|       return pm->maxcalc16;
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       return pm->maxcalc8;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static double pcerr(PNG_CONST png_modifier *pm, int in_depth, int out_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Percentage error permitted in the linear values.  Note that the specified
 | |
|     * value is a percentage but this routine returns a simple number.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (pm->assume_16_bit_calculations || (out_depth == 16 && (in_depth == 16 ||
 | |
|       !pm->calculations_use_input_precision)))
 | |
|       return pm->maxpc16 * .01;
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       return pm->maxpc8 * .01;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Output error - the error in the encoded value.  This is determined by the
 | |
|  * digitization of the output so can be +/-0.5 in the actual output value.  In
 | |
|  * the expand_16 case with the current code in libpng the expand happens after
 | |
|  * all the calculations are done in 8 bit arithmetic, so even though the output
 | |
|  * depth is 16 the output error is determined by the 8 bit calculation.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This limit is not determined by the bit depth of internal calculations.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The specified parameter does *not* include the base .5 digitization error but
 | |
|  * it is added here.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static double outerr(PNG_CONST png_modifier *pm, int in_depth, int out_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* There is a serious error in the 2 and 4 bit grayscale transform because
 | |
|     * the gamma table value (8 bits) is simply shifted, not rounded, so the
 | |
|     * error in 4 bit grayscale gamma is up to the value below.  This is a hack
 | |
|     * to allow pngvalid to succeed:
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * TODO: fix this in libpng
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (out_depth == 2)
 | |
|       return .73182-.5;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (out_depth == 4)
 | |
|       return .90644-.5;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (out_depth == 16 && (in_depth == 16 ||
 | |
|       !pm->calculations_use_input_precision))
 | |
|       return pm->maxout16;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This is the case where the value was calculated at 8-bit precision then
 | |
|     * scaled to 16 bits.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    else if (out_depth == 16)
 | |
|       return pm->maxout8 * 257;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       return pm->maxout8;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This does the same thing as the above however it returns the value to log,
 | |
|  * rather than raising a warning.  This is useful for debugging to track down
 | |
|  * exactly what set of parameters cause high error values.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static double outlog(PNG_CONST png_modifier *pm, int in_depth, int out_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* The command line parameters are either 8 bit (0..255) or 16 bit (0..65535)
 | |
|     * and so must be adjusted for low bit depth grayscale:
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (out_depth <= 8)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (pm->log8 == 0) /* switched off */
 | |
|          return 256;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (out_depth < 8)
 | |
|          return pm->log8 / 255 * ((1<<out_depth)-1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       return pm->log8;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (out_depth == 16 && (in_depth == 16 ||
 | |
|       !pm->calculations_use_input_precision))
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (pm->log16 == 0)
 | |
|          return 65536;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       return pm->log16;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This is the case where the value was calculated at 8-bit precision then
 | |
|     * scaled to 16 bits.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (pm->log8 == 0)
 | |
|       return 65536;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return pm->log8 * 257;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This complements the above by providing the appropriate quantization for the
 | |
|  * final value.  Normally this would just be quantization to an integral value,
 | |
|  * but in the 8 bit calculation case it's actually quantization to a multiple of
 | |
|  * 257!
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static int output_quantization_factor(PNG_CONST png_modifier *pm, int in_depth,
 | |
|    int out_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (out_depth == 16 && in_depth != 16
 | |
|       && pm->calculations_use_input_precision)
 | |
|       return 257;
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       return 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* One modification structure must be provided for each chunk to be modified (in
 | |
|  * fact more than one can be provided if multiple separate changes are desired
 | |
|  * for a single chunk.)  Modifications include adding a new chunk when a
 | |
|  * suitable chunk does not exist.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The caller of modify_fn will reset the CRC of the chunk and record 'modified'
 | |
|  * or 'added' as appropriate if the modify_fn returns 1 (true).  If the
 | |
|  * modify_fn is NULL the chunk is simply removed.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| typedef struct png_modification
 | |
| {
 | |
|    struct png_modification *next;
 | |
|    png_uint_32              chunk;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* If the following is NULL all matching chunks will be removed: */
 | |
|    int                    (*modify_fn)(struct png_modifier *pm,
 | |
|                                struct png_modification *me, int add);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* If the following is set to PLTE, IDAT or IEND and the chunk has not been
 | |
|     * found and modified (and there is a modify_fn) the modify_fn will be called
 | |
|     * to add the chunk before the relevant chunk.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    png_uint_32              add;
 | |
|    unsigned int             modified :1;     /* Chunk was modified */
 | |
|    unsigned int             added    :1;     /* Chunk was added */
 | |
|    unsigned int             removed  :1;     /* Chunk was removed */
 | |
| } png_modification;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| modification_reset(png_modification *pmm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (pmm != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       pmm->modified = 0;
 | |
|       pmm->added = 0;
 | |
|       pmm->removed = 0;
 | |
|       modification_reset(pmm->next);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| modification_init(png_modification *pmm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    memset(pmm, 0, sizeof *pmm);
 | |
|    pmm->next = NULL;
 | |
|    pmm->chunk = 0;
 | |
|    pmm->modify_fn = NULL;
 | |
|    pmm->add = 0;
 | |
|    modification_reset(pmm);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| modifier_current_encoding(PNG_CONST png_modifier *pm, color_encoding *ce)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (pm->current_encoding != 0)
 | |
|       *ce = *pm->current_encoding;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       memset(ce, 0, sizeof *ce);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    ce->gamma = pm->current_gamma;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static size_t
 | |
| safecat_current_encoding(char *buffer, size_t bufsize, size_t pos,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    pos = safecat_color_encoding(buffer, bufsize, pos, pm->current_encoding,
 | |
|       pm->current_gamma);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (pm->encoding_ignored)
 | |
|       pos = safecat(buffer, bufsize, pos, "[overridden]");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return pos;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Iterate through the usefully testable color encodings.  An encoding is one
 | |
|  * of:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * 1) Nothing (no color space, no gamma).
 | |
|  * 2) Just a gamma value from the gamma array (including 1.0)
 | |
|  * 3) A color space from the encodings array with the corresponding gamma.
 | |
|  * 4) The same, but with gamma 1.0 (only really useful with 16 bit calculations)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The iterator selects these in turn, the randomizer selects one at random,
 | |
|  * which is used depends on the setting of the 'test_exhaustive' flag.  Notice
 | |
|  * that this function changes the colour space encoding so it must only be
 | |
|  * called on completion of the previous test.  This is what 'modifier_reset'
 | |
|  * does, below.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * After the function has been called the 'repeat' flag will still be set; the
 | |
|  * caller of modifier_reset must reset it at the start of each run of the test!
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static unsigned int
 | |
| modifier_total_encodings(PNG_CONST png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    return 1 +                 /* (1) nothing */
 | |
|       pm->ngammas +           /* (2) gamma values to test */
 | |
|       pm->nencodings +        /* (3) total number of encodings */
 | |
|       /* The following test only works after the first time through the
 | |
|        * png_modifier code because 'bit_depth' is set when the IHDR is read.
 | |
|        * modifier_reset, below, preserves the setting until after it has called
 | |
|        * the iterate function (also below.)
 | |
|        *
 | |
|        * For this reason do not rely on this function outside a call to
 | |
|        * modifier_reset.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       ((pm->bit_depth == 16 || pm->assume_16_bit_calculations) ?
 | |
|          pm->nencodings : 0); /* (4) encodings with gamma == 1.0 */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| modifier_encoding_iterate(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (!pm->repeat && /* Else something needs the current encoding again. */
 | |
|       pm->test_uses_encoding) /* Some transform is encoding dependent */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (pm->test_exhaustive)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (++pm->encoding_counter >= modifier_total_encodings(pm))
 | |
|             pm->encoding_counter = 0; /* This will stop the repeat */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* Not exhaustive - choose an encoding at random; generate a number in
 | |
|           * the range 1..(max-1), so the result is always non-zero:
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          if (pm->encoding_counter == 0)
 | |
|             pm->encoding_counter = random_mod(modifier_total_encodings(pm)-1)+1;
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             pm->encoding_counter = 0;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (pm->encoding_counter > 0)
 | |
|          pm->repeat = 1;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (!pm->repeat)
 | |
|       pm->encoding_counter = 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| modifier_reset(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    store_read_reset(&pm->this);
 | |
|    pm->limit = 4E-3;
 | |
|    pm->pending_len = pm->pending_chunk = 0;
 | |
|    pm->flush = pm->buffer_count = pm->buffer_position = 0;
 | |
|    pm->modifications = NULL;
 | |
|    pm->state = modifier_start;
 | |
|    modifier_encoding_iterate(pm);
 | |
|    /* The following must be set in the next run.  In particular
 | |
|     * test_uses_encodings must be set in the _ini function of each transform
 | |
|     * that looks at the encodings.  (Not the 'add' function!)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    pm->test_uses_encoding = 0;
 | |
|    pm->current_gamma = 0;
 | |
|    pm->current_encoding = 0;
 | |
|    pm->encoding_ignored = 0;
 | |
|    /* These only become value after IHDR is read: */
 | |
|    pm->bit_depth = pm->colour_type = 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The following must be called before anything else to get the encoding set up
 | |
|  * on the modifier.  In particular it must be called before the transform init
 | |
|  * functions are called.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| modifier_set_encoding(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Set the encoding to the one specified by the current encoding counter,
 | |
|     * first clear out all the settings - this corresponds to an encoding_counter
 | |
|     * of 0.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    pm->current_gamma = 0;
 | |
|    pm->current_encoding = 0;
 | |
|    pm->encoding_ignored = 0; /* not ignored yet - happens in _ini functions. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Now, if required, set the gamma and encoding fields. */
 | |
|    if (pm->encoding_counter > 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* The gammas[] array is an array of screen gammas, not encoding gammas,
 | |
|        * so we need the inverse:
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (pm->encoding_counter <= pm->ngammas)
 | |
|          pm->current_gamma = 1/pm->gammas[pm->encoding_counter-1];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          unsigned int i = pm->encoding_counter - pm->ngammas;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (i >= pm->nencodings)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             i %= pm->nencodings;
 | |
|             pm->current_gamma = 1; /* Linear, only in the 16 bit case */
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             pm->current_gamma = pm->encodings[i].gamma;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          pm->current_encoding = pm->encodings + i;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Enquiry functions to find out what is set.  Notice that there is an implicit
 | |
|  * assumption below that the first encoding in the list is the one for sRGB.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static int
 | |
| modifier_color_encoding_is_sRGB(PNG_CONST png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    return pm->current_encoding != 0 && pm->current_encoding == pm->encodings &&
 | |
|       pm->current_encoding->gamma == pm->current_gamma;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| modifier_color_encoding_is_set(PNG_CONST png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    return pm->current_gamma != 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Convenience macros. */
 | |
| #define CHUNK(a,b,c,d) (((a)<<24)+((b)<<16)+((c)<<8)+(d))
 | |
| #define CHUNK_IHDR CHUNK(73,72,68,82)
 | |
| #define CHUNK_PLTE CHUNK(80,76,84,69)
 | |
| #define CHUNK_IDAT CHUNK(73,68,65,84)
 | |
| #define CHUNK_IEND CHUNK(73,69,78,68)
 | |
| #define CHUNK_cHRM CHUNK(99,72,82,77)
 | |
| #define CHUNK_gAMA CHUNK(103,65,77,65)
 | |
| #define CHUNK_sBIT CHUNK(115,66,73,84)
 | |
| #define CHUNK_sRGB CHUNK(115,82,71,66)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The guts of modification are performed during a read. */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| modifier_crc(png_bytep buffer)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Recalculate the chunk CRC - a complete chunk must be in
 | |
|     * the buffer, at the start.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    uInt datalen = png_get_uint_32(buffer);
 | |
|    uLong crc = crc32(0, buffer+4, datalen+4);
 | |
|    /* The cast to png_uint_32 is safe because a crc32 is always a 32 bit value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(buffer+datalen+8, (png_uint_32)crc);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| modifier_setbuffer(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    modifier_crc(pm->buffer);
 | |
|    pm->buffer_count = png_get_uint_32(pm->buffer)+12;
 | |
|    pm->buffer_position = 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Separate the callback into the actual implementation (which is passed the
 | |
|  * png_modifier explicitly) and the callback, which gets the modifier from the
 | |
|  * png_struct.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| modifier_read_imp(png_modifier *pm, png_bytep pb, png_size_t st)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    while (st > 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       size_t cb;
 | |
|       png_uint_32 len, chunk;
 | |
|       png_modification *mod;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (pm->buffer_position >= pm->buffer_count) switch (pm->state)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          static png_byte sign[8] = { 137, 80, 78, 71, 13, 10, 26, 10 };
 | |
|          case modifier_start:
 | |
|             store_read_imp(&pm->this, pm->buffer, 8); /* size of signature. */
 | |
|             pm->buffer_count = 8;
 | |
|             pm->buffer_position = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (memcmp(pm->buffer, sign, 8) != 0)
 | |
|                png_error(pm->this.pread, "invalid PNG file signature");
 | |
|             pm->state = modifier_signature;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          case modifier_signature:
 | |
|             store_read_imp(&pm->this, pm->buffer, 13+12); /* size of IHDR */
 | |
|             pm->buffer_count = 13+12;
 | |
|             pm->buffer_position = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (png_get_uint_32(pm->buffer) != 13 ||
 | |
|                 png_get_uint_32(pm->buffer+4) != CHUNK_IHDR)
 | |
|                png_error(pm->this.pread, "invalid IHDR");
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Check the list of modifiers for modifications to the IHDR. */
 | |
|             mod = pm->modifications;
 | |
|             while (mod != NULL)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                if (mod->chunk == CHUNK_IHDR && mod->modify_fn &&
 | |
|                    (*mod->modify_fn)(pm, mod, 0))
 | |
|                   {
 | |
|                   mod->modified = 1;
 | |
|                   modifier_setbuffer(pm);
 | |
|                   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                /* Ignore removal or add if IHDR! */
 | |
|                mod = mod->next;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Cache information from the IHDR (the modified one.) */
 | |
|             pm->bit_depth = pm->buffer[8+8];
 | |
|             pm->colour_type = pm->buffer[8+8+1];
 | |
| 
 | |
|             pm->state = modifier_IHDR;
 | |
|             pm->flush = 0;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          case modifier_IHDR:
 | |
|          default:
 | |
|             /* Read a new chunk and process it until we see PLTE, IDAT or
 | |
|              * IEND.  'flush' indicates that there is still some data to
 | |
|              * output from the preceding chunk.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             if ((cb = pm->flush) > 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                if (cb > st) cb = st;
 | |
|                pm->flush -= cb;
 | |
|                store_read_imp(&pm->this, pb, cb);
 | |
|                pb += cb;
 | |
|                st -= cb;
 | |
|                if (st == 0) return;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* No more bytes to flush, read a header, or handle a pending
 | |
|              * chunk.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             if (pm->pending_chunk != 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer, pm->pending_len);
 | |
|                png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+4, pm->pending_chunk);
 | |
|                pm->pending_len = 0;
 | |
|                pm->pending_chunk = 0;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|             else
 | |
|                store_read_imp(&pm->this, pm->buffer, 8);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             pm->buffer_count = 8;
 | |
|             pm->buffer_position = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Check for something to modify or a terminator chunk. */
 | |
|             len = png_get_uint_32(pm->buffer);
 | |
|             chunk = png_get_uint_32(pm->buffer+4);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Terminators first, they may have to be delayed for added
 | |
|              * chunks
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             if (chunk == CHUNK_PLTE || chunk == CHUNK_IDAT ||
 | |
|                 chunk == CHUNK_IEND)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                mod = pm->modifications;
 | |
| 
 | |
|                while (mod != NULL)
 | |
|                {
 | |
|                   if ((mod->add == chunk ||
 | |
|                       (mod->add == CHUNK_PLTE && chunk == CHUNK_IDAT)) &&
 | |
|                       mod->modify_fn != NULL && !mod->modified && !mod->added)
 | |
|                   {
 | |
|                      /* Regardless of what the modify function does do not run
 | |
|                       * this again.
 | |
|                       */
 | |
|                      mod->added = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|                      if ((*mod->modify_fn)(pm, mod, 1 /*add*/))
 | |
|                      {
 | |
|                         /* Reset the CRC on a new chunk */
 | |
|                         if (pm->buffer_count > 0)
 | |
|                            modifier_setbuffer(pm);
 | |
| 
 | |
|                         else
 | |
|                            {
 | |
|                            pm->buffer_position = 0;
 | |
|                            mod->removed = 1;
 | |
|                            }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                         /* The buffer has been filled with something (we assume)
 | |
|                          * so output this.  Pend the current chunk.
 | |
|                          */
 | |
|                         pm->pending_len = len;
 | |
|                         pm->pending_chunk = chunk;
 | |
|                         break; /* out of while */
 | |
|                      }
 | |
|                   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                   mod = mod->next;
 | |
|                }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                /* Don't do any further processing if the buffer was modified -
 | |
|                 * otherwise the code will end up modifying a chunk that was
 | |
|                 * just added.
 | |
|                 */
 | |
|                if (mod != NULL)
 | |
|                   break; /* out of switch */
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* If we get to here then this chunk may need to be modified.  To
 | |
|              * do this it must be less than 1024 bytes in total size, otherwise
 | |
|              * it just gets flushed.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             if (len+12 <= sizeof pm->buffer)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                store_read_imp(&pm->this, pm->buffer+pm->buffer_count,
 | |
|                    len+12-pm->buffer_count);
 | |
|                pm->buffer_count = len+12;
 | |
| 
 | |
|                /* Check for a modification, else leave it be. */
 | |
|                mod = pm->modifications;
 | |
|                while (mod != NULL)
 | |
|                {
 | |
|                   if (mod->chunk == chunk)
 | |
|                   {
 | |
|                      if (mod->modify_fn == NULL)
 | |
|                      {
 | |
|                         /* Remove this chunk */
 | |
|                         pm->buffer_count = pm->buffer_position = 0;
 | |
|                         mod->removed = 1;
 | |
|                         break; /* Terminate the while loop */
 | |
|                      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                      else if ((*mod->modify_fn)(pm, mod, 0))
 | |
|                      {
 | |
|                         mod->modified = 1;
 | |
|                         /* The chunk may have been removed: */
 | |
|                         if (pm->buffer_count == 0)
 | |
|                         {
 | |
|                            pm->buffer_position = 0;
 | |
|                            break;
 | |
|                         }
 | |
|                         modifier_setbuffer(pm);
 | |
|                      }
 | |
|                   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                   mod = mod->next;
 | |
|                }
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             else
 | |
|                pm->flush = len+12 - pm->buffer_count; /* data + crc */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Take the data from the buffer (if there is any). */
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Here to read from the modifier buffer (not directly from
 | |
|        * the store, as in the flush case above.)
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       cb = pm->buffer_count - pm->buffer_position;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (cb > st)
 | |
|          cb = st;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       memcpy(pb, pm->buffer + pm->buffer_position, cb);
 | |
|       st -= cb;
 | |
|       pb += cb;
 | |
|       pm->buffer_position += cb;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The callback: */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| modifier_read(png_structp ppIn, png_bytep pb, png_size_t st)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_const_structp pp = ppIn;
 | |
|    png_modifier *pm = voidcast(png_modifier*, png_get_io_ptr(pp));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (pm == NULL || pm->this.pread != pp)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "bad modifier_read call");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    modifier_read_imp(pm, pb, st);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Like store_progressive_read but the data is getting changed as we go so we
 | |
|  * need a local buffer.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| modifier_progressive_read(png_modifier *pm, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (pm->this.pread != pp || pm->this.current == NULL ||
 | |
|        pm->this.next == NULL)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "store state damaged (progressive)");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This is another Horowitz and Hill random noise generator.  In this case
 | |
|     * the aim is to stress the progressive reader with truly horrible variable
 | |
|     * buffer sizes in the range 1..500, so a sequence of 9 bit random numbers
 | |
|     * is generated.  We could probably just count from 1 to 32767 and get as
 | |
|     * good a result.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    for (;;)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       static png_uint_32 noise = 1;
 | |
|       png_size_t cb, cbAvail;
 | |
|       png_byte buffer[512];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Generate 15 more bits of stuff: */
 | |
|       noise = (noise << 9) | ((noise ^ (noise >> (9-5))) & 0x1ff);
 | |
|       cb = noise & 0x1ff;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Check that this number of bytes are available (in the current buffer.)
 | |
|        * (This doesn't quite work - the modifier might delete a chunk; unlikely
 | |
|        * but possible, it doesn't happen at present because the modifier only
 | |
|        * adds chunks to standard images.)
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       cbAvail = store_read_buffer_avail(&pm->this);
 | |
|       if (pm->buffer_count > pm->buffer_position)
 | |
|          cbAvail += pm->buffer_count - pm->buffer_position;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (cb > cbAvail)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* Check for EOF: */
 | |
|          if (cbAvail == 0)
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          cb = cbAvail;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       modifier_read_imp(pm, buffer, cb);
 | |
|       png_process_data(pp, pi, buffer, cb);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Check the invariants at the end (if this fails it's a problem in this
 | |
|     * file!)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (pm->buffer_count > pm->buffer_position ||
 | |
|        pm->this.next != &pm->this.current->data ||
 | |
|        pm->this.readpos < pm->this.current->datacount)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "progressive read implementation error");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Set up a modifier. */
 | |
| static png_structp
 | |
| set_modifier_for_read(png_modifier *pm, png_infopp ppi, png_uint_32 id,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST char *name)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Do this first so that the modifier fields are cleared even if an error
 | |
|     * happens allocating the png_struct.  No allocation is done here so no
 | |
|     * cleanup is required.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    pm->state = modifier_start;
 | |
|    pm->bit_depth = 0;
 | |
|    pm->colour_type = 255;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    pm->pending_len = 0;
 | |
|    pm->pending_chunk = 0;
 | |
|    pm->flush = 0;
 | |
|    pm->buffer_count = 0;
 | |
|    pm->buffer_position = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return set_store_for_read(&pm->this, ppi, id, name);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /******************************** MODIFICATIONS *******************************/
 | |
| /* Standard modifications to add chunks.  These do not require the _SUPPORTED
 | |
|  * macros because the chunks can be there regardless of whether this specific
 | |
|  * libpng supports them.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| typedef struct gama_modification
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_modification this;
 | |
|    png_fixed_point  gamma;
 | |
| } gama_modification;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| gama_modify(png_modifier *pm, png_modification *me, int add)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(add)
 | |
|    /* This simply dumps the given gamma value into the buffer. */
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer, 4);
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+4, CHUNK_gAMA);
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+8, ((gama_modification*)me)->gamma);
 | |
|    return 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gama_modification_init(gama_modification *me, png_modifier *pm, double gammad)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    double g;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    modification_init(&me->this);
 | |
|    me->this.chunk = CHUNK_gAMA;
 | |
|    me->this.modify_fn = gama_modify;
 | |
|    me->this.add = CHUNK_PLTE;
 | |
|    g = fix(gammad);
 | |
|    me->gamma = (png_fixed_point)g;
 | |
|    me->this.next = pm->modifications;
 | |
|    pm->modifications = &me->this;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct chrm_modification
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_modification          this;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST color_encoding *encoding;
 | |
|    png_fixed_point           wx, wy, rx, ry, gx, gy, bx, by;
 | |
| } chrm_modification;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| chrm_modify(png_modifier *pm, png_modification *me, int add)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(add)
 | |
|    /* As with gAMA this just adds the required cHRM chunk to the buffer. */
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer   , 32);
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+ 4, CHUNK_cHRM);
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+ 8, ((chrm_modification*)me)->wx);
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+12, ((chrm_modification*)me)->wy);
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+16, ((chrm_modification*)me)->rx);
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+20, ((chrm_modification*)me)->ry);
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+24, ((chrm_modification*)me)->gx);
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+28, ((chrm_modification*)me)->gy);
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+32, ((chrm_modification*)me)->bx);
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+36, ((chrm_modification*)me)->by);
 | |
|    return 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| chrm_modification_init(chrm_modification *me, png_modifier *pm,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST color_encoding *encoding)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    CIE_color white = white_point(encoding);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Original end points: */
 | |
|    me->encoding = encoding;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Chromaticities (in fixed point): */
 | |
|    me->wx = fix(chromaticity_x(white));
 | |
|    me->wy = fix(chromaticity_y(white));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    me->rx = fix(chromaticity_x(encoding->red));
 | |
|    me->ry = fix(chromaticity_y(encoding->red));
 | |
|    me->gx = fix(chromaticity_x(encoding->green));
 | |
|    me->gy = fix(chromaticity_y(encoding->green));
 | |
|    me->bx = fix(chromaticity_x(encoding->blue));
 | |
|    me->by = fix(chromaticity_y(encoding->blue));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    modification_init(&me->this);
 | |
|    me->this.chunk = CHUNK_cHRM;
 | |
|    me->this.modify_fn = chrm_modify;
 | |
|    me->this.add = CHUNK_PLTE;
 | |
|    me->this.next = pm->modifications;
 | |
|    pm->modifications = &me->this;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct srgb_modification
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_modification this;
 | |
|    png_byte         intent;
 | |
| } srgb_modification;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| srgb_modify(png_modifier *pm, png_modification *me, int add)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(add)
 | |
|    /* As above, ignore add and just make a new chunk */
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer, 1);
 | |
|    png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+4, CHUNK_sRGB);
 | |
|    pm->buffer[8] = ((srgb_modification*)me)->intent;
 | |
|    return 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| srgb_modification_init(srgb_modification *me, png_modifier *pm, png_byte intent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    modification_init(&me->this);
 | |
|    me->this.chunk = CHUNK_sBIT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (intent <= 3) /* if valid, else *delete* sRGB chunks */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       me->this.modify_fn = srgb_modify;
 | |
|       me->this.add = CHUNK_PLTE;
 | |
|       me->intent = intent;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       me->this.modify_fn = 0;
 | |
|       me->this.add = 0;
 | |
|       me->intent = 0;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    me->this.next = pm->modifications;
 | |
|    pm->modifications = &me->this;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct sbit_modification
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_modification this;
 | |
|    png_byte         sbit;
 | |
| } sbit_modification;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| sbit_modify(png_modifier *pm, png_modification *me, int add)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_byte sbit = ((sbit_modification*)me)->sbit;
 | |
|    if (pm->bit_depth > sbit)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int cb = 0;
 | |
|       switch (pm->colour_type)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          case 0:
 | |
|             cb = 1;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          case 2:
 | |
|          case 3:
 | |
|             cb = 3;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          case 4:
 | |
|             cb = 2;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          case 6:
 | |
|             cb = 4;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          default:
 | |
|             png_error(pm->this.pread,
 | |
|                "unexpected colour type in sBIT modification");
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer, cb);
 | |
|       png_save_uint_32(pm->buffer+4, CHUNK_sBIT);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       while (cb > 0)
 | |
|          (pm->buffer+8)[--cb] = sbit;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       return 1;
 | |
|    }
 | |
|    else if (!add)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Remove the sBIT chunk */
 | |
|       pm->buffer_count = pm->buffer_position = 0;
 | |
|       return 1;
 | |
|    }
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       return 0; /* do nothing */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| sbit_modification_init(sbit_modification *me, png_modifier *pm, png_byte sbit)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    modification_init(&me->this);
 | |
|    me->this.chunk = CHUNK_sBIT;
 | |
|    me->this.modify_fn = sbit_modify;
 | |
|    me->this.add = CHUNK_PLTE;
 | |
|    me->sbit = sbit;
 | |
|    me->this.next = pm->modifications;
 | |
|    pm->modifications = &me->this;
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /***************************** STANDARD PNG FILES *****************************/
 | |
| /* Standard files - write and save standard files. */
 | |
| /* There are two basic forms of standard images.  Those which attempt to have
 | |
|  * all the possible pixel values (not possible for 16bpp images, but a range of
 | |
|  * values are produced) and those which have a range of image sizes.  The former
 | |
|  * are used for testing transforms, in particular gamma correction and bit
 | |
|  * reduction and increase.  The latter are reserved for testing the behavior of
 | |
|  * libpng with respect to 'odd' image sizes - particularly small images where
 | |
|  * rows become 1 byte and interlace passes disappear.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The first, most useful, set are the 'transform' images, the second set of
 | |
|  * small images are the 'size' images.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The transform files are constructed with rows which fit into a 1024 byte row
 | |
|  * buffer.  This makes allocation easier below.  Further regardless of the file
 | |
|  * format every row has 128 pixels (giving 1024 bytes for 64bpp formats).
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Files are stored with no gAMA or sBIT chunks, with a PLTE only when needed
 | |
|  * and with an ID derived from the colour type, bit depth and interlace type
 | |
|  * as above (FILEID).  The width (128) and height (variable) are not stored in
 | |
|  * the FILEID - instead the fields are set to 0, indicating a transform file.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The size files ar constructed with rows a maximum of 128 bytes wide, allowing
 | |
|  * a maximum width of 16 pixels (for the 64bpp case.)  They also have a maximum
 | |
|  * height of 16 rows.  The width and height are stored in the FILEID and, being
 | |
|  * non-zero, indicate a size file.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * For palette image (colour type 3) multiple transform images are stored with
 | |
|  * the same bit depth to allow testing of more colour combinations -
 | |
|  * particularly important for testing the gamma code because libpng uses a
 | |
|  * different code path for palette images.  For size images a single palette is
 | |
|  * used.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Make a 'standard' palette.  Because there are only 256 entries in a palette
 | |
|  * (maximum) this actually makes a random palette in the hope that enough tests
 | |
|  * will catch enough errors.  (Note that the same palette isn't produced every
 | |
|  * time for the same test - it depends on what previous tests have been run -
 | |
|  * but a given set of arguments to pngvalid will always produce the same palette
 | |
|  * at the same test!  This is why pseudo-random number generators are useful for
 | |
|  * testing.)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The store must be open for write when this is called, otherwise an internal
 | |
|  * error will occur.  This routine contains its own magic number seed, so the
 | |
|  * palettes generated don't change if there are intervening errors (changing the
 | |
|  * calls to the store_mark seed.)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static store_palette_entry *
 | |
| make_standard_palette(png_store* ps, int npalette, int do_tRNS)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    static png_uint_32 palette_seed[2] = { 0x87654321, 9 };
 | |
| 
 | |
|    int i = 0;
 | |
|    png_byte values[256][4];
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Always put in black and white plus the six primary and secondary colors.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    for (; i<8; ++i)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       values[i][1] = (png_byte)((i&1) ? 255U : 0U);
 | |
|       values[i][2] = (png_byte)((i&2) ? 255U : 0U);
 | |
|       values[i][3] = (png_byte)((i&4) ? 255U : 0U);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Then add 62 grays (one quarter of the remaining 256 slots). */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int j = 0;
 | |
|       png_byte random_bytes[4];
 | |
|       png_byte need[256];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       need[0] = 0; /*got black*/
 | |
|       memset(need+1, 1, (sizeof need)-2); /*need these*/
 | |
|       need[255] = 0; /*but not white*/
 | |
| 
 | |
|       while (i<70)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          png_byte b;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (j==0)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             make_four_random_bytes(palette_seed, random_bytes);
 | |
|             j = 4;
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          b = random_bytes[--j];
 | |
|          if (need[b])
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             values[i][1] = b;
 | |
|             values[i][2] = b;
 | |
|             values[i++][3] = b;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Finally add 192 colors at random - don't worry about matches to things we
 | |
|     * already have, chance is less than 1/65536.  Don't worry about grays,
 | |
|     * chance is the same, so we get a duplicate or extra gray less than 1 time
 | |
|     * in 170.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    for (; i<256; ++i)
 | |
|       make_four_random_bytes(palette_seed, values[i]);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Fill in the alpha values in the first byte.  Just use all possible values
 | |
|     * (0..255) in an apparently random order:
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       store_palette_entry *palette;
 | |
|       png_byte selector[4];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       make_four_random_bytes(palette_seed, selector);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (do_tRNS)
 | |
|          for (i=0; i<256; ++i)
 | |
|             values[i][0] = (png_byte)(i ^ selector[0]);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|          for (i=0; i<256; ++i)
 | |
|             values[i][0] = 255; /* no transparency/tRNS chunk */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* 'values' contains 256 ARGB values, but we only need 'npalette'.
 | |
|        * 'npalette' will always be a power of 2: 2, 4, 16 or 256.  In the low
 | |
|        * bit depth cases select colors at random, else it is difficult to have
 | |
|        * a set of low bit depth palette test with any chance of a reasonable
 | |
|        * range of colors.  Do this by randomly permuting values into the low
 | |
|        * 'npalette' entries using an XOR mask generated here.  This also
 | |
|        * permutes the npalette == 256 case in a potentially useful way (there is
 | |
|        * no relationship between palette index and the color value therein!)
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       palette = store_write_palette(ps, npalette);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (i=0; i<npalette; ++i)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          palette[i].alpha = values[i ^ selector[1]][0];
 | |
|          palette[i].red   = values[i ^ selector[1]][1];
 | |
|          palette[i].green = values[i ^ selector[1]][2];
 | |
|          palette[i].blue  = values[i ^ selector[1]][3];
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       return palette;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Initialize a standard palette on a write stream.  The 'do_tRNS' argument
 | |
|  * indicates whether or not to also set the tRNS chunk.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| /* TODO: the png_structp here can probably be 'const' in the future */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| init_standard_palette(png_store *ps, png_structp pp, png_infop pi, int npalette,
 | |
|    int do_tRNS)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    store_palette_entry *ppal = make_standard_palette(ps, npalette, do_tRNS);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int i;
 | |
|       png_color palette[256];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Set all entries to detect overread errors. */
 | |
|       for (i=0; i<npalette; ++i)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          palette[i].red = ppal[i].red;
 | |
|          palette[i].green = ppal[i].green;
 | |
|          palette[i].blue = ppal[i].blue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Just in case fill in the rest with detectable values: */
 | |
|       for (; i<256; ++i)
 | |
|          palette[i].red = palette[i].green = palette[i].blue = 42;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_set_PLTE(pp, pi, palette, npalette);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (do_tRNS)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int i, j;
 | |
|       png_byte tRNS[256];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Set all the entries, but skip trailing opaque entries */
 | |
|       for (i=j=0; i<npalette; ++i)
 | |
|          if ((tRNS[i] = ppal[i].alpha) < 255)
 | |
|             j = i+1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Fill in the remainder with a detectable value: */
 | |
|       for (; i<256; ++i)
 | |
|          tRNS[i] = 24;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (j > 0)
 | |
|          png_set_tRNS(pp, pi, tRNS, j, 0/*color*/);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The number of passes is related to the interlace type. There was no libpng
 | |
|  * API to determine this prior to 1.5, so we need an inquiry function:
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static int
 | |
| npasses_from_interlace_type(png_const_structp pp, int interlace_type)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    switch (interlace_type)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|    default:
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "invalid interlace type");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    case PNG_INTERLACE_NONE:
 | |
|       return 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    case PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7:
 | |
|       return PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static unsigned int
 | |
| bit_size(png_const_structp pp, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    switch (colour_type)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       default: png_error(pp, "invalid color type");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 0:  return bit_depth;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 2:  return 3*bit_depth;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 3:  return bit_depth;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 4:  return 2*bit_depth;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 6:  return 4*bit_depth;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define TRANSFORM_WIDTH  128U
 | |
| #define TRANSFORM_ROWMAX (TRANSFORM_WIDTH*8U)
 | |
| #define SIZE_ROWMAX (16*8U) /* 16 pixels, max 8 bytes each - 128 bytes */
 | |
| #define STANDARD_ROWMAX TRANSFORM_ROWMAX /* The larger of the two */
 | |
| #define SIZE_HEIGHTMAX 16 /* Maximum range of size images */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static size_t
 | |
| transform_rowsize(png_const_structp pp, png_byte colour_type,
 | |
|    png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    return (TRANSFORM_WIDTH * bit_size(pp, colour_type, bit_depth)) / 8;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* transform_width(pp, colour_type, bit_depth) current returns the same number
 | |
|  * every time, so just use a macro:
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #define transform_width(pp, colour_type, bit_depth) TRANSFORM_WIDTH
 | |
| 
 | |
| static png_uint_32
 | |
| transform_height(png_const_structp pp, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    switch (bit_size(pp, colour_type, bit_depth))
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       case 1:
 | |
|       case 2:
 | |
|       case 4:
 | |
|          return 1;   /* Total of 128 pixels */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 8:
 | |
|          return 2;   /* Total of 256 pixels/bytes */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 16:
 | |
|          return 512; /* Total of 65536 pixels */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 24:
 | |
|       case 32:
 | |
|          return 512; /* 65536 pixels */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 48:
 | |
|       case 64:
 | |
|          return 2048;/* 4 x 65536 pixels. */
 | |
| #        define TRANSFORM_HEIGHTMAX 2048
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|          return 0;   /* Error, will be caught later */
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The following can only be defined here, now we have the definitions
 | |
|  * of the transform image sizes.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static png_uint_32
 | |
| standard_width(png_const_structp pp, png_uint_32 id)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_uint_32 width = WIDTH_FROM_ID(id);
 | |
|    UNUSED(pp)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (width == 0)
 | |
|       width = transform_width(pp, COL_FROM_ID(id), DEPTH_FROM_ID(id));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return width;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static png_uint_32
 | |
| standard_height(png_const_structp pp, png_uint_32 id)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_uint_32 height = HEIGHT_FROM_ID(id);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (height == 0)
 | |
|       height = transform_height(pp, COL_FROM_ID(id), DEPTH_FROM_ID(id));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return height;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static png_uint_32
 | |
| standard_rowsize(png_const_structp pp, png_uint_32 id)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_uint_32 width = standard_width(pp, id);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This won't overflow: */
 | |
|    width *= bit_size(pp, COL_FROM_ID(id), DEPTH_FROM_ID(id));
 | |
|    return (width + 7) / 8;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| transform_row(png_const_structp pp, png_byte buffer[TRANSFORM_ROWMAX],
 | |
|    png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth, png_uint_32 y)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_uint_32 v = y << 7;
 | |
|    png_uint_32 i = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    switch (bit_size(pp, colour_type, bit_depth))
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       case 1:
 | |
|          while (i<128/8) buffer[i] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff), v += 17, ++i;
 | |
|          return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 2:
 | |
|          while (i<128/4) buffer[i] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff), v += 33, ++i;
 | |
|          return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 4:
 | |
|          while (i<128/2) buffer[i] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff), v += 65, ++i;
 | |
|          return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 8:
 | |
|          /* 256 bytes total, 128 bytes in each row set as follows: */
 | |
|          while (i<128) buffer[i] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff), ++v, ++i;
 | |
|          return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 16:
 | |
|          /* Generate all 65536 pixel values in order, which includes the 8 bit
 | |
|           * GA case as well as the 16 bit G case.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          while (i<128)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             buffer[2*i] = (png_byte)((v>>8) & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[2*i+1] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff);
 | |
|             ++v;
 | |
|             ++i;
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 24:
 | |
|          /* 65535 pixels, but rotate the values. */
 | |
|          while (i<128)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             /* Three bytes per pixel, r, g, b, make b by r^g */
 | |
|             buffer[3*i+0] = (png_byte)((v >> 8) & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[3*i+1] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[3*i+2] = (png_byte)(((v >> 8) ^ v) & 0xff);
 | |
|             ++v;
 | |
|             ++i;
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 32:
 | |
|          /* 65535 pixels, r, g, b, a; just replicate */
 | |
|          while (i<128)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             buffer[4*i+0] = (png_byte)((v >> 8) & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[4*i+1] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[4*i+2] = (png_byte)((v >> 8) & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[4*i+3] = (png_byte)(v & 0xff);
 | |
|             ++v;
 | |
|             ++i;
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 48:
 | |
|          /* y is maximum 2047, giving 4x65536 pixels, make 'r' increase by 1 at
 | |
|           * each pixel, g increase by 257 (0x101) and 'b' by 0x1111:
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          while (i<128)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             png_uint_32 t = v++;
 | |
|             buffer[6*i+0] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[6*i+1] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff);
 | |
|             t *= 257;
 | |
|             buffer[6*i+2] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[6*i+3] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff);
 | |
|             t *= 17;
 | |
|             buffer[6*i+4] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[6*i+5] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff);
 | |
|             ++i;
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case 64:
 | |
|          /* As above in the 32 bit case. */
 | |
|          while (i<128)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             png_uint_32 t = v++;
 | |
|             buffer[8*i+0] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[8*i+1] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[8*i+4] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[8*i+5] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff);
 | |
|             t *= 257;
 | |
|             buffer[8*i+2] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[8*i+3] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[8*i+6] = (png_byte)((t >> 8) & 0xff);
 | |
|             buffer[8*i+7] = (png_byte)(t & 0xff);
 | |
|             ++i;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|          return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|          break;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    png_error(pp, "internal error");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is just to do the right cast - could be changed to a function to check
 | |
|  * 'bd' but there isn't much point.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #define DEPTH(bd) ((png_byte)(1U << (bd)))
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Make a standardized image given a an image colour type, bit depth and
 | |
|  * interlace type.  The standard images have a very restricted range of
 | |
|  * rows and heights and are used for testing transforms rather than image
 | |
|  * layout details.  See make_size_images below for a way to make images
 | |
|  * that test odd sizes along with the libpng interlace handling.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| make_transform_image(png_store* PNG_CONST ps, png_byte PNG_CONST colour_type,
 | |
|     png_byte PNG_CONST bit_depth, unsigned int palette_number,
 | |
|     int interlace_type, png_const_charp name)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    context(ps, fault);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Try
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_infop pi;
 | |
|       png_structp pp = set_store_for_write(ps, &pi, name);
 | |
|       png_uint_32 h;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* In the event of a problem return control to the Catch statement below
 | |
|        * to do the clean up - it is not possible to 'return' directly from a Try
 | |
|        * block.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (pp == NULL)
 | |
|          Throw ps;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       h = transform_height(pp, colour_type, bit_depth);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_set_IHDR(pp, pi, transform_width(pp, colour_type, bit_depth), h,
 | |
|          bit_depth, colour_type, interlace_type,
 | |
|          PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          static char key[] = "image name"; /* must be writeable */
 | |
|          size_t pos;
 | |
|          png_text text;
 | |
|          char copy[FILE_NAME_SIZE];
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Use a compressed text string to test the correct interaction of text
 | |
|           * compression and IDAT compression.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          text.compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt;
 | |
|          text.key = key;
 | |
|          /* Yuck: the text must be writable! */
 | |
|          pos = safecat(copy, sizeof copy, 0, ps->wname);
 | |
|          text.text = copy;
 | |
|          text.text_length = pos;
 | |
|          text.itxt_length = 0;
 | |
|          text.lang = 0;
 | |
|          text.lang_key = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          png_set_text(pp, pi, &text, 1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (colour_type == 3) /* palette */
 | |
|          init_standard_palette(ps, pp, pi, 1U << bit_depth, 1/*do tRNS*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_write_info(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (png_get_rowbytes(pp, pi) !=
 | |
|           transform_rowsize(pp, colour_type, bit_depth))
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "row size incorrect");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* Somewhat confusingly this must be called *after* png_write_info
 | |
|           * because if it is called before, the information in *pp has not been
 | |
|           * updated to reflect the interlaced image.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          int npasses = png_set_interlace_handling(pp);
 | |
|          int pass;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (npasses != npasses_from_interlace_type(pp, interlace_type))
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "write: png_set_interlace_handling failed");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          for (pass=0; pass<npasses; ++pass)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             png_uint_32 y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             for (y=0; y<h; ++y)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                png_byte buffer[TRANSFORM_ROWMAX];
 | |
| 
 | |
|                transform_row(pp, buffer, colour_type, bit_depth, y);
 | |
|                png_write_row(pp, buffer);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          static char key[] = "end marker";
 | |
|          static char comment[] = "end";
 | |
|          png_text text;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Use a compressed text string to test the correct interaction of text
 | |
|           * compression and IDAT compression.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          text.compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt;
 | |
|          text.key = key;
 | |
|          text.text = comment;
 | |
|          text.text_length = (sizeof comment)-1;
 | |
|          text.itxt_length = 0;
 | |
|          text.lang = 0;
 | |
|          text.lang_key = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          png_set_text(pp, pi, &text, 1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_write_end(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* And store this under the appropriate id, then clean up. */
 | |
|       store_storefile(ps, FILEID(colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number,
 | |
|          interlace_type, 0, 0, 0));
 | |
| 
 | |
|       store_write_reset(ps);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Catch(fault)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Use the png_store returned by the exception. This may help the compiler
 | |
|        * because 'ps' is not used in this branch of the setjmp.  Note that fault
 | |
|        * and ps will always be the same value.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       store_write_reset(fault);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| make_transform_images(png_store *ps)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_byte colour_type = 0;
 | |
|    png_byte bit_depth = 0;
 | |
|    unsigned int palette_number = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This is in case of errors. */
 | |
|    safecat(ps->test, sizeof ps->test, 0, "make standard images");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Use next_format to enumerate all the combinations we test, including
 | |
|     * generating multiple low bit depth palette images.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    while (next_format(&colour_type, &bit_depth, &palette_number))
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int interlace_type;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (interlace_type = PNG_INTERLACE_NONE;
 | |
|            interlace_type < PNG_INTERLACE_LAST; ++interlace_type)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          char name[FILE_NAME_SIZE];
 | |
| 
 | |
|          standard_name(name, sizeof name, 0, colour_type, bit_depth,
 | |
|             palette_number, interlace_type, 0, 0, 0);
 | |
|          make_transform_image(ps, colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number,
 | |
|             interlace_type, name);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The following two routines use the PNG interlace support macros from
 | |
|  * png.h to interlace or deinterlace rows.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| interlace_row(png_bytep buffer, png_const_bytep imageRow,
 | |
|    unsigned int pixel_size, png_uint_32 w, int pass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_uint_32 xin, xout, xstep;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Note that this can, trivially, be optimized to a memcpy on pass 7, the
 | |
|     * code is presented this way to make it easier to understand.  In practice
 | |
|     * consult the code in the libpng source to see other ways of doing this.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    xin = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);
 | |
|    xstep = 1U<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    for (xout=0; xin<w; xin+=xstep)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       pixel_copy(buffer, xout, imageRow, xin, pixel_size);
 | |
|       ++xout;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| deinterlace_row(png_bytep buffer, png_const_bytep row,
 | |
|    unsigned int pixel_size, png_uint_32 w, int pass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* The inverse of the above, 'row' is part of row 'y' of the output image,
 | |
|     * in 'buffer'.  The image is 'w' wide and this is pass 'pass', distribute
 | |
|     * the pixels of row into buffer and return the number written (to allow
 | |
|     * this to be checked).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    png_uint_32 xin, xout, xstep;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    xout = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);
 | |
|    xstep = 1U<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    for (xin=0; xout<w; xout+=xstep)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       pixel_copy(buffer, xout, row, xin, pixel_size);
 | |
|       ++xin;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Build a single row for the 'size' test images; this fills in only the
 | |
|  * first bit_width bits of the sample row.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| size_row(png_byte buffer[SIZE_ROWMAX], png_uint_32 bit_width, png_uint_32 y)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* height is in the range 1 to 16, so: */
 | |
|    y = ((y & 1) << 7) + ((y & 2) << 6) + ((y & 4) << 5) + ((y & 8) << 4);
 | |
|    /* the following ensures bits are set in small images: */
 | |
|    y ^= 0xA5;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    while (bit_width >= 8)
 | |
|       *buffer++ = (png_byte)y++, bit_width -= 8;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* There may be up to 7 remaining bits, these go in the most significant
 | |
|     * bits of the byte.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (bit_width > 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_uint_32 mask = (1U<<(8-bit_width))-1;
 | |
|       *buffer = (png_byte)((*buffer & mask) | (y & ~mask));
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| make_size_image(png_store* PNG_CONST ps, png_byte PNG_CONST colour_type,
 | |
|     png_byte PNG_CONST bit_depth, int PNG_CONST interlace_type,
 | |
|     png_uint_32 PNG_CONST w, png_uint_32 PNG_CONST h,
 | |
|     int PNG_CONST do_interlace)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    context(ps, fault);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Try
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_infop pi;
 | |
|       png_structp pp;
 | |
|       unsigned int pixel_size;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Make a name and get an appropriate id for the store: */
 | |
|       char name[FILE_NAME_SIZE];
 | |
|       PNG_CONST png_uint_32 id = FILEID(colour_type, bit_depth, 0/*palette*/,
 | |
|          interlace_type, w, h, do_interlace);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       standard_name_from_id(name, sizeof name, 0, id);
 | |
|       pp = set_store_for_write(ps, &pi, name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* In the event of a problem return control to the Catch statement below
 | |
|        * to do the clean up - it is not possible to 'return' directly from a Try
 | |
|        * block.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (pp == NULL)
 | |
|          Throw ps;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_set_IHDR(pp, pi, w, h, bit_depth, colour_type, interlace_type,
 | |
|          PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          static char key[] = "image name"; /* must be writeable */
 | |
|          size_t pos;
 | |
|          png_text text;
 | |
|          char copy[FILE_NAME_SIZE];
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Use a compressed text string to test the correct interaction of text
 | |
|           * compression and IDAT compression.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          text.compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt;
 | |
|          text.key = key;
 | |
|          /* Yuck: the text must be writable! */
 | |
|          pos = safecat(copy, sizeof copy, 0, ps->wname);
 | |
|          text.text = copy;
 | |
|          text.text_length = pos;
 | |
|          text.itxt_length = 0;
 | |
|          text.lang = 0;
 | |
|          text.lang_key = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          png_set_text(pp, pi, &text, 1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (colour_type == 3) /* palette */
 | |
|          init_standard_palette(ps, pp, pi, 1U << bit_depth, 0/*do tRNS*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_write_info(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Calculate the bit size, divide by 8 to get the byte size - this won't
 | |
|        * overflow because we know the w values are all small enough even for
 | |
|        * a system where 'unsigned int' is only 16 bits.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       pixel_size = bit_size(pp, colour_type, bit_depth);
 | |
|       if (png_get_rowbytes(pp, pi) != ((w * pixel_size) + 7) / 8)
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "row size incorrect");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          int npasses = npasses_from_interlace_type(pp, interlace_type);
 | |
|          png_uint_32 y;
 | |
|          int pass;
 | |
|          png_byte image[16][SIZE_ROWMAX];
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* To help consistent error detection make the parts of this buffer
 | |
|           * that aren't set below all '1':
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          memset(image, 0xff, sizeof image);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (!do_interlace && npasses != png_set_interlace_handling(pp))
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "write: png_set_interlace_handling failed");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Prepare the whole image first to avoid making it 7 times: */
 | |
|          for (y=0; y<h; ++y)
 | |
|             size_row(image[y], w * pixel_size, y);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          for (pass=0; pass<npasses; ++pass)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             /* The following two are for checking the macros: */
 | |
|             PNG_CONST png_uint_32 wPass = PNG_PASS_COLS(w, pass);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* If do_interlace is set we don't call png_write_row for every
 | |
|              * row because some of them are empty.  In fact, for a 1x1 image,
 | |
|              * most of them are empty!
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             for (y=0; y<h; ++y)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                png_const_bytep row = image[y];
 | |
|                png_byte tempRow[SIZE_ROWMAX];
 | |
| 
 | |
|                /* If do_interlace *and* the image is interlaced we
 | |
|                 * need a reduced interlace row; this may be reduced
 | |
|                 * to empty.
 | |
|                 */
 | |
|                if (do_interlace && interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)
 | |
|                {
 | |
|                   /* The row must not be written if it doesn't exist, notice
 | |
|                    * that there are two conditions here, either the row isn't
 | |
|                    * ever in the pass or the row would be but isn't wide
 | |
|                    * enough to contribute any pixels.  In fact the wPass test
 | |
|                    * can be used to skip the whole y loop in this case.
 | |
|                    */
 | |
|                   if (PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass) && wPass > 0)
 | |
|                   {
 | |
|                      /* Set to all 1's for error detection (libpng tends to
 | |
|                       * set unset things to 0).
 | |
|                       */
 | |
|                      memset(tempRow, 0xff, sizeof tempRow);
 | |
|                      interlace_row(tempRow, row, pixel_size, w, pass);
 | |
|                      row = tempRow;
 | |
|                   }
 | |
|                   else
 | |
|                      continue;
 | |
|                }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                /* Only get to here if the row has some pixels in it. */
 | |
|                png_write_row(pp, row);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          static char key[] = "end marker";
 | |
|          static char comment[] = "end";
 | |
|          png_text text;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Use a compressed text string to test the correct interaction of text
 | |
|           * compression and IDAT compression.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          text.compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt;
 | |
|          text.key = key;
 | |
|          text.text = comment;
 | |
|          text.text_length = (sizeof comment)-1;
 | |
|          text.itxt_length = 0;
 | |
|          text.lang = 0;
 | |
|          text.lang_key = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          png_set_text(pp, pi, &text, 1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_write_end(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* And store this under the appropriate id, then clean up. */
 | |
|       store_storefile(ps, id);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       store_write_reset(ps);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Catch(fault)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Use the png_store returned by the exception. This may help the compiler
 | |
|        * because 'ps' is not used in this branch of the setjmp.  Note that fault
 | |
|        * and ps will always be the same value.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       store_write_reset(fault);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| make_size(png_store* PNG_CONST ps, png_byte PNG_CONST colour_type, int bdlo,
 | |
|     int PNG_CONST bdhi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    for (; bdlo <= bdhi; ++bdlo)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_uint_32 width;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (width = 1; width <= 16; ++width)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          png_uint_32 height;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          for (height = 1; height <= 16; ++height)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             /* The four combinations of DIY interlace and interlace or not -
 | |
|              * no interlace + DIY should be identical to no interlace with
 | |
|              * libpng doing it.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             make_size_image(ps, colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), PNG_INTERLACE_NONE,
 | |
|                width, height, 0);
 | |
|             make_size_image(ps, colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), PNG_INTERLACE_NONE,
 | |
|                width, height, 1);
 | |
|             make_size_image(ps, colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7,
 | |
|                width, height, 0);
 | |
|             make_size_image(ps, colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7,
 | |
|                width, height, 1);
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| make_size_images(png_store *ps)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* This is in case of errors. */
 | |
|    safecat(ps->test, sizeof ps->test, 0, "make size images");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Arguments are colour_type, low bit depth, high bit depth
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    make_size(ps, 0, 0, WRITE_BDHI);
 | |
|    make_size(ps, 2, 3, WRITE_BDHI);
 | |
|    make_size(ps, 3, 0, 3 /*palette: max 8 bits*/);
 | |
|    make_size(ps, 4, 3, WRITE_BDHI);
 | |
|    make_size(ps, 6, 3, WRITE_BDHI);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Return a row based on image id and 'y' for checking: */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_row(png_const_structp pp, png_byte std[STANDARD_ROWMAX],
 | |
|    png_uint_32 id, png_uint_32 y)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (WIDTH_FROM_ID(id) == 0)
 | |
|       transform_row(pp, std, COL_FROM_ID(id), DEPTH_FROM_ID(id), y);
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       size_row(std, WIDTH_FROM_ID(id) * bit_size(pp, COL_FROM_ID(id),
 | |
|          DEPTH_FROM_ID(id)), y);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Tests - individual test cases */
 | |
| /* Like 'make_standard' but errors are deliberately introduced into the calls
 | |
|  * to ensure that they get detected - it should not be possible to write an
 | |
|  * invalid image with libpng!
 | |
|  */
 | |
| /* TODO: the 'set' functions can probably all be made to take a
 | |
|  * png_const_structp rather than a modifiable one.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED
 | |
| static void
 | |
| sBIT0_error_fn(png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* 0 is invalid... */
 | |
|    png_color_8 bad;
 | |
|    bad.red = bad.green = bad.blue = bad.gray = bad.alpha = 0;
 | |
|    png_set_sBIT(pp, pi, &bad);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| sBIT_error_fn(png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_byte bit_depth;
 | |
|    png_color_8 bad;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (png_get_color_type(pp, pi) == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|       bit_depth = 8;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       bit_depth = png_get_bit_depth(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Now we know the bit depth we can easily generate an invalid sBIT entry */
 | |
|    bad.red = bad.green = bad.blue = bad.gray = bad.alpha =
 | |
|       (png_byte)(bit_depth+1);
 | |
|    png_set_sBIT(pp, pi, &bad);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static PNG_CONST struct
 | |
| {
 | |
|    void          (*fn)(png_structp, png_infop);
 | |
|    PNG_CONST char *msg;
 | |
|    unsigned int    warning :1; /* the error is a warning... */
 | |
| } error_test[] =
 | |
|     {
 | |
|        /* no warnings makes these errors undetectable. */
 | |
|        { sBIT0_error_fn, "sBIT(0): failed to detect error", 1 },
 | |
|        { sBIT_error_fn, "sBIT(too big): failed to detect error", 1 },
 | |
|     };
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| make_error(png_store* volatile psIn, png_byte PNG_CONST colour_type,
 | |
|     png_byte bit_depth, int interlace_type, int test, png_const_charp name)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_store * volatile ps = psIn;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    context(ps, fault);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Try
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_structp pp;
 | |
|       png_infop pi;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       pp = set_store_for_write(ps, &pi, name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (pp == NULL)
 | |
|          Throw ps;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_set_IHDR(pp, pi, transform_width(pp, colour_type, bit_depth),
 | |
|          transform_height(pp, colour_type, bit_depth), bit_depth, colour_type,
 | |
|          interlace_type, PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (colour_type == 3) /* palette */
 | |
|          init_standard_palette(ps, pp, pi, 1U << bit_depth, 0/*do tRNS*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Time for a few errors; these are in various optional chunks, the
 | |
|        * standard tests test the standard chunks pretty well.
 | |
|        */
 | |
| #     define exception__prev exception_prev_1
 | |
| #     define exception__env exception_env_1
 | |
|       Try
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* Expect this to throw: */
 | |
|          ps->expect_error = !error_test[test].warning;
 | |
|          ps->expect_warning = error_test[test].warning;
 | |
|          ps->saw_warning = 0;
 | |
|          error_test[test].fn(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Normally the error is only detected here: */
 | |
|          png_write_info(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* And handle the case where it was only a warning: */
 | |
|          if (ps->expect_warning && ps->saw_warning)
 | |
|             Throw ps;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* If we get here there is a problem, we have success - no error or
 | |
|           * no warning - when we shouldn't have success.  Log an error.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          store_log(ps, pp, error_test[test].msg, 1 /*error*/);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Catch (fault)
 | |
|          ps = fault; /* expected exit, make sure ps is not clobbered */
 | |
| #undef exception__prev
 | |
| #undef exception__env
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* And clear these flags */
 | |
|       ps->expect_error = 0;
 | |
|       ps->expect_warning = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Now write the whole image, just to make sure that the detected, or
 | |
|        * undetected, errro has not created problems inside libpng.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (png_get_rowbytes(pp, pi) !=
 | |
|           transform_rowsize(pp, colour_type, bit_depth))
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "row size incorrect");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          png_uint_32 h = transform_height(pp, colour_type, bit_depth);
 | |
|          int npasses = png_set_interlace_handling(pp);
 | |
|          int pass;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (npasses != npasses_from_interlace_type(pp, interlace_type))
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "write: png_set_interlace_handling failed");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          for (pass=0; pass<npasses; ++pass)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             png_uint_32 y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             for (y=0; y<h; ++y)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                png_byte buffer[TRANSFORM_ROWMAX];
 | |
| 
 | |
|                transform_row(pp, buffer, colour_type, bit_depth, y);
 | |
|                png_write_row(pp, buffer);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_write_end(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The following deletes the file that was just written. */
 | |
|       store_write_reset(ps);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Catch(fault)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       store_write_reset(fault);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| make_errors(png_modifier* PNG_CONST pm, png_byte PNG_CONST colour_type,
 | |
|     int bdlo, int PNG_CONST bdhi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    for (; bdlo <= bdhi; ++bdlo)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int interlace_type;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (interlace_type = PNG_INTERLACE_NONE;
 | |
|            interlace_type < PNG_INTERLACE_LAST; ++interlace_type)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          unsigned int test;
 | |
|          char name[FILE_NAME_SIZE];
 | |
| 
 | |
|          standard_name(name, sizeof name, 0, colour_type, 1<<bdlo, 0,
 | |
|             interlace_type, 0, 0, 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          for (test=0; test<(sizeof error_test)/(sizeof error_test[0]); ++test)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             make_error(&pm->this, colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), interlace_type,
 | |
|                test, name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (fail(pm))
 | |
|                return 0;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return 1; /* keep going */
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| perform_error_test(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED /* else there are no cases that work! */
 | |
|    /* Need to do this here because we just write in this test. */
 | |
|    safecat(pm->this.test, sizeof pm->this.test, 0, "error test");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!make_errors(pm, 0, 0, WRITE_BDHI))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!make_errors(pm, 2, 3, WRITE_BDHI))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!make_errors(pm, 3, 0, 3))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!make_errors(pm, 4, 3, WRITE_BDHI))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!make_errors(pm, 6, 3, WRITE_BDHI))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| #else
 | |
|    UNUSED(pm)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is just to validate the internal PNG formatting code - if this fails
 | |
|  * then the warning messages the library outputs will probably be garbage.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| perform_formatting_test(png_store *volatile ps)
 | |
| {
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_TIME_RFC1123_SUPPORTED
 | |
|    /* The handle into the formatting code is the RFC1123 support; this test does
 | |
|     * nothing if that is compiled out.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    context(ps, fault);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Try
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_const_charp correct = "29 Aug 2079 13:53:60 +0000";
 | |
|       png_const_charp result;
 | |
| #     if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10600
 | |
|          char timestring[29];
 | |
| #     endif
 | |
|       png_structp pp;
 | |
|       png_time pt;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       pp = set_store_for_write(ps, NULL, "libpng formatting test");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (pp == NULL)
 | |
|          Throw ps;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Arbitrary settings: */
 | |
|       pt.year = 2079;
 | |
|       pt.month = 8;
 | |
|       pt.day = 29;
 | |
|       pt.hour = 13;
 | |
|       pt.minute = 53;
 | |
|       pt.second = 60; /* a leap second */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #     if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10600
 | |
|          result = png_convert_to_rfc1123(pp, &pt);
 | |
| #     else
 | |
|          if (png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer(timestring, &pt))
 | |
|             result = timestring;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             result = NULL;
 | |
| #     endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (result == NULL)
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "png_convert_to_rfc1123 failed");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (strcmp(result, correct) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          size_t pos = 0;
 | |
|          char msg[128];
 | |
| 
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "png_convert_to_rfc1123(");
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, correct);
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ") returned: '");
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, result);
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "'");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          png_error(pp, msg);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       store_write_reset(ps);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Catch(fault)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       store_write_reset(fault);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| #else
 | |
|    UNUSED(ps)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Because we want to use the same code in both the progressive reader and the
 | |
|  * sequential reader it is necessary to deal with the fact that the progressive
 | |
|  * reader callbacks only have one parameter (png_get_progressive_ptr()), so this
 | |
|  * must contain all the test parameters and all the local variables directly
 | |
|  * accessible to the sequential reader implementation.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The technique adopted is to reinvent part of what Dijkstra termed a
 | |
|  * 'display'; an array of pointers to the stack frames of enclosing functions so
 | |
|  * that a nested function definition can access the local (C auto) variables of
 | |
|  * the functions that contain its definition.  In fact C provides the first
 | |
|  * pointer (the local variables - the stack frame pointer) and the last (the
 | |
|  * global variables - the BCPL global vector typically implemented as global
 | |
|  * addresses), this code requires one more pointer to make the display - the
 | |
|  * local variables (and function call parameters) of the function that actually
 | |
|  * invokes either the progressive or sequential reader.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Perhaps confusingly this technique is confounded with classes - the
 | |
|  * 'standard_display' defined here is sub-classed as the 'gamma_display' below.
 | |
|  * A gamma_display is a standard_display, taking advantage of the ANSI-C
 | |
|  * requirement that the pointer to the first member of a structure must be the
 | |
|  * same as the pointer to the structure.  This allows us to reuse standard_
 | |
|  * functions in the gamma test code; something that could not be done with
 | |
|  * nested functions!
 | |
|  */
 | |
| typedef struct standard_display
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_store*  ps;             /* Test parameters (passed to the function) */
 | |
|    png_byte    colour_type;
 | |
|    png_byte    bit_depth;
 | |
|    png_byte    red_sBIT;       /* Input data sBIT values. */
 | |
|    png_byte    green_sBIT;
 | |
|    png_byte    blue_sBIT;
 | |
|    png_byte    alpha_sBIT;
 | |
|    int         interlace_type;
 | |
|    png_uint_32 id;             /* Calculated file ID */
 | |
|    png_uint_32 w;              /* Width of image */
 | |
|    png_uint_32 h;              /* Height of image */
 | |
|    int         npasses;        /* Number of interlaced passes */
 | |
|    png_uint_32 pixel_size;     /* Width of one pixel in bits */
 | |
|    png_uint_32 bit_width;      /* Width of output row in bits */
 | |
|    size_t      cbRow;          /* Bytes in a row of the output image */
 | |
|    int         do_interlace;   /* Do interlacing internally */
 | |
|    int         is_transparent; /* Transparency information was present. */
 | |
|    int         speed;          /* Doing a speed test */
 | |
|    int         use_update_info;/* Call update_info, not start_image */
 | |
|    struct
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_uint_16 red;
 | |
|       png_uint_16 green;
 | |
|       png_uint_16 blue;
 | |
|    }           transparent;    /* The transparent color, if set. */
 | |
|    int         npalette;       /* Number of entries in the palette. */
 | |
|    store_palette
 | |
|                palette;
 | |
| } standard_display;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_display_init(standard_display *dp, png_store* ps, png_uint_32 id,
 | |
|    int do_interlace, int use_update_info)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    memset(dp, 0, sizeof *dp);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    dp->ps = ps;
 | |
|    dp->colour_type = COL_FROM_ID(id);
 | |
|    dp->bit_depth = DEPTH_FROM_ID(id);
 | |
|    if (dp->bit_depth < 1 || dp->bit_depth > 16)
 | |
|       internal_error(ps, "internal: bad bit depth");
 | |
|    if (dp->colour_type == 3)
 | |
|       dp->red_sBIT = dp->blue_sBIT = dp->green_sBIT = dp->alpha_sBIT = 8;
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       dp->red_sBIT = dp->blue_sBIT = dp->green_sBIT = dp->alpha_sBIT =
 | |
|          dp->bit_depth;
 | |
|    dp->interlace_type = INTERLACE_FROM_ID(id);
 | |
|    dp->id = id;
 | |
|    /* All the rest are filled in after the read_info: */
 | |
|    dp->w = 0;
 | |
|    dp->h = 0;
 | |
|    dp->npasses = 0;
 | |
|    dp->pixel_size = 0;
 | |
|    dp->bit_width = 0;
 | |
|    dp->cbRow = 0;
 | |
|    dp->do_interlace = do_interlace;
 | |
|    dp->is_transparent = 0;
 | |
|    dp->speed = ps->speed;
 | |
|    dp->use_update_info = use_update_info;
 | |
|    dp->npalette = 0;
 | |
|    /* Preset the transparent color to black: */
 | |
|    memset(&dp->transparent, 0, sizeof dp->transparent);
 | |
|    /* Preset the palette to full intensity/opaque througout: */
 | |
|    memset(dp->palette, 0xff, sizeof dp->palette);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Initialize the palette fields - this must be done later because the palette
 | |
|  * comes from the particular png_store_file that is selected.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_palette_init(standard_display *dp)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    store_palette_entry *palette = store_current_palette(dp->ps, &dp->npalette);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The remaining entries remain white/opaque. */
 | |
|    if (dp->npalette > 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int i = dp->npalette;
 | |
|       memcpy(dp->palette, palette, i * sizeof *palette);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Check for a non-opaque palette entry: */
 | |
|       while (--i >= 0)
 | |
|          if (palette[i].alpha < 255)
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #     ifdef __GNUC__
 | |
|          /* GCC can't handle the more obviously optimizable version. */
 | |
|          if (i >= 0)
 | |
|             dp->is_transparent = 1;
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             dp->is_transparent = 0;
 | |
| #     else
 | |
|          dp->is_transparent = (i >= 0);
 | |
| #     endif
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Utility to read the palette from the PNG file and convert it into
 | |
|  * store_palette format.  This returns 1 if there is any transparency in the
 | |
|  * palette (it does not check for a transparent colour in the non-palette case.)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static int
 | |
| read_palette(store_palette palette, int *npalette, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|    png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_colorp pal;
 | |
|    png_bytep trans_alpha;
 | |
|    int num;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    pal = 0;
 | |
|    *npalette = -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (png_get_PLTE(pp, pi, &pal, npalette) & PNG_INFO_PLTE)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int i = *npalette;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (i <= 0 || i > 256)
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "validate: invalid PLTE count");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       while (--i >= 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          palette[i].red = pal[i].red;
 | |
|          palette[i].green = pal[i].green;
 | |
|          palette[i].blue = pal[i].blue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Mark the remainder of the entries with a flag value (other than
 | |
|        * white/opaque which is the flag value stored above.)
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       memset(palette + *npalette, 126, (256-*npalette) * sizeof *palette);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else /* !png_get_PLTE */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (*npalette != (-1))
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "validate: invalid PLTE result");
 | |
|       /* But there is no palette, so record this: */
 | |
|       *npalette = 0;
 | |
|       memset(palette, 113, sizeof (store_palette));
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    trans_alpha = 0;
 | |
|    num = 2; /* force error below */
 | |
|    if ((png_get_tRNS(pp, pi, &trans_alpha, &num, 0) & PNG_INFO_tRNS) != 0 &&
 | |
|       (trans_alpha != NULL || num != 1/*returns 1 for a transparent color*/) &&
 | |
|       /* Oops, if a palette tRNS gets expanded png_read_update_info (at least so
 | |
|        * far as 1.5.4) does not remove the trans_alpha pointer, only num_trans,
 | |
|        * so in the above call we get a success, we get a pointer (who knows what
 | |
|        * to) and we get num_trans == 0:
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       !(trans_alpha != NULL && num == 0)) /* TODO: fix this in libpng. */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int i;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Any of these are crash-worthy - given the implementation of
 | |
|        * png_get_tRNS up to 1.5 an app won't crash if it just checks the
 | |
|        * result above and fails to check that the variables it passed have
 | |
|        * actually been filled in!  Note that if the app were to pass the
 | |
|        * last, png_color_16p, variable too it couldn't rely on this.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (trans_alpha == NULL || num <= 0 || num > 256 || num > *npalette)
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "validate: unexpected png_get_tRNS (palette) result");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (i=0; i<num; ++i)
 | |
|          palette[i].alpha = trans_alpha[i];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (num=*npalette; i<num; ++i)
 | |
|          palette[i].alpha = 255;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (; i<256; ++i)
 | |
|          palette[i].alpha = 33; /* flag value */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       return 1; /* transparency */
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* No palette transparency - just set the alpha channel to opaque. */
 | |
|       int i;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (i=0, num=*npalette; i<num; ++i)
 | |
|          palette[i].alpha = 255;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (; i<256; ++i)
 | |
|          palette[i].alpha = 55; /* flag value */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       return 0; /* no transparency */
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Utility to validate the palette if it should not have changed (the
 | |
|  * non-transform case).
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_palette_validate(standard_display *dp, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|    png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    int npalette;
 | |
|    store_palette palette;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (read_palette(palette, &npalette, pp, pi) != dp->is_transparent)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "validate: palette transparency changed");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (npalette != dp->npalette)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       size_t pos = 0;
 | |
|       char msg[64];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "validate: palette size changed: ");
 | |
|       pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, dp->npalette);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " -> ");
 | |
|       pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, npalette);
 | |
|       png_error(pp, msg);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int i = npalette; /* npalette is aliased */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       while (--i >= 0)
 | |
|          if (palette[i].red != dp->palette[i].red ||
 | |
|             palette[i].green != dp->palette[i].green ||
 | |
|             palette[i].blue != dp->palette[i].blue ||
 | |
|             palette[i].alpha != dp->palette[i].alpha)
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "validate: PLTE or tRNS chunk changed");
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* By passing a 'standard_display' the progressive callbacks can be used
 | |
|  * directly by the sequential code, the functions suffixed "_imp" are the
 | |
|  * implementations, the functions without the suffix are the callbacks.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The code for the info callback is split into two because this callback calls
 | |
|  * png_read_update_info or png_start_read_image and what gets called depends on
 | |
|  * whether the info needs updating (we want to test both calls in pngvalid.)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_info_part1(standard_display *dp, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (png_get_bit_depth(pp, pi) != dp->bit_depth)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "validate: bit depth changed");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (png_get_color_type(pp, pi) != dp->colour_type)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "validate: color type changed");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (png_get_filter_type(pp, pi) != PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "validate: filter type changed");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (png_get_interlace_type(pp, pi) != dp->interlace_type)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "validate: interlacing changed");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (png_get_compression_type(pp, pi) != PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "validate: compression type changed");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    dp->w = png_get_image_width(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (dp->w != standard_width(pp, dp->id))
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "validate: image width changed");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    dp->h = png_get_image_height(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (dp->h != standard_height(pp, dp->id))
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "validate: image height changed");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Record (but don't check at present) the input sBIT according to the colour
 | |
|     * type information.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_color_8p sBIT = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (png_get_sBIT(pp, pi, &sBIT) & PNG_INFO_sBIT)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          int sBIT_invalid = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (sBIT == 0)
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "validate: unexpected png_get_sBIT result");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (dp->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             if (sBIT->red == 0 || sBIT->red > dp->bit_depth)
 | |
|                sBIT_invalid = 1;
 | |
|             else
 | |
|                dp->red_sBIT = sBIT->red;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (sBIT->green == 0 || sBIT->green > dp->bit_depth)
 | |
|                sBIT_invalid = 1;
 | |
|             else
 | |
|                dp->green_sBIT = sBIT->green;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (sBIT->blue == 0 || sBIT->blue > dp->bit_depth)
 | |
|                sBIT_invalid = 1;
 | |
|             else
 | |
|                dp->blue_sBIT = sBIT->blue;
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else /* !COLOR */
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             if (sBIT->gray == 0 || sBIT->gray > dp->bit_depth)
 | |
|                sBIT_invalid = 1;
 | |
|             else
 | |
|                dp->blue_sBIT = dp->green_sBIT = dp->red_sBIT = sBIT->gray;
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* All 8 bits in tRNS for a palette image are significant - see the
 | |
|           * spec.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          if (dp->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             if (sBIT->alpha == 0 || sBIT->alpha > dp->bit_depth)
 | |
|                sBIT_invalid = 1;
 | |
|             else
 | |
|                dp->alpha_sBIT = sBIT->alpha;
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (sBIT_invalid)
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "validate: sBIT value out of range");
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Important: this is validating the value *before* any transforms have been
 | |
|     * put in place.  It doesn't matter for the standard tests, where there are
 | |
|     * no transforms, but it does for other tests where rowbytes may change after
 | |
|     * png_read_update_info.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (png_get_rowbytes(pp, pi) != standard_rowsize(pp, dp->id))
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "validate: row size changed");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Validate the colour type 3 palette (this can be present on other color
 | |
|     * types.)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    standard_palette_validate(dp, pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* In any case always check for a tranparent color (notice that the
 | |
|     * colour type 3 case must not give a successful return on the get_tRNS call
 | |
|     * with these arguments!)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_color_16p trans_color = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (png_get_tRNS(pp, pi, 0, 0, &trans_color) & PNG_INFO_tRNS)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (trans_color == 0)
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "validate: unexpected png_get_tRNS (color) result");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          switch (dp->colour_type)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|          case 0:
 | |
|             dp->transparent.red = dp->transparent.green = dp->transparent.blue =
 | |
|                trans_color->gray;
 | |
|             dp->is_transparent = 1;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          case 2:
 | |
|             dp->transparent.red = trans_color->red;
 | |
|             dp->transparent.green = trans_color->green;
 | |
|             dp->transparent.blue = trans_color->blue;
 | |
|             dp->is_transparent = 1;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          case 3:
 | |
|             /* Not expected because it should result in the array case
 | |
|              * above.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "validate: unexpected png_get_tRNS result");
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          default:
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "validate: invalid tRNS chunk with alpha image");
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Read the number of passes - expected to match the value used when
 | |
|     * creating the image (interlaced or not).  This has the side effect of
 | |
|     * turning on interlace handling (if do_interlace is not set.)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    dp->npasses = npasses_from_interlace_type(pp, dp->interlace_type);
 | |
|    if (!dp->do_interlace && dp->npasses != png_set_interlace_handling(pp))
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "validate: file changed interlace type");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Caller calls png_read_update_info or png_start_read_image now, then calls
 | |
|     * part2.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This must be called *after* the png_read_update_info call to get the correct
 | |
|  * 'rowbytes' value, otherwise png_get_rowbytes will refer to the untransformed
 | |
|  * image.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_info_part2(standard_display *dp, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|     png_const_infop pi, int nImages)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Record cbRow now that it can be found. */
 | |
|    dp->pixel_size = bit_size(pp, png_get_color_type(pp, pi),
 | |
|       png_get_bit_depth(pp, pi));
 | |
|    dp->bit_width = png_get_image_width(pp, pi) * dp->pixel_size;
 | |
|    dp->cbRow = png_get_rowbytes(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Validate the rowbytes here again. */
 | |
|    if (dp->cbRow != (dp->bit_width+7)/8)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "bad png_get_rowbytes calculation");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Then ensure there is enough space for the output image(s). */
 | |
|    store_ensure_image(dp->ps, pp, nImages, dp->cbRow, dp->h);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_info_imp(standard_display *dp, png_structp pp, png_infop pi,
 | |
|     int nImages)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Note that the validation routine has the side effect of turning on
 | |
|     * interlace handling in the subsequent code.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    standard_info_part1(dp, pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* And the info callback has to call this (or png_read_update_info - see
 | |
|     * below in the png_modifier code for that variant.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (dp->use_update_info)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* For debugging the effect of multiple calls: */
 | |
|       int i = dp->use_update_info;
 | |
|       while (i-- > 0)
 | |
|          png_read_update_info(pp, pi);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       png_start_read_image(pp);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Validate the height, width and rowbytes plus ensure that sufficient buffer
 | |
|     * exists for decoding the image.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    standard_info_part2(dp, pp, pi, nImages);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_info(png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    standard_display *dp = voidcast(standard_display*,
 | |
|       png_get_progressive_ptr(pp));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Call with nImages==1 because the progressive reader can only produce one
 | |
|     * image.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    standard_info_imp(dp, pp, pi, 1 /*only one image*/);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| progressive_row(png_structp ppIn, png_bytep new_row, png_uint_32 y, int pass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_const_structp pp = ppIn;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST standard_display *dp = voidcast(standard_display*,
 | |
|       png_get_progressive_ptr(pp));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* When handling interlacing some rows will be absent in each pass, the
 | |
|     * callback still gets called, but with a NULL pointer.  This is checked
 | |
|     * in the 'else' clause below.  We need our own 'cbRow', but we can't call
 | |
|     * png_get_rowbytes because we got no info structure.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (new_row != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_bytep row;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* In the case where the reader doesn't do the interlace it gives
 | |
|        * us the y in the sub-image:
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (dp->do_interlace && dp->interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)
 | |
|       {
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_INFO_SUPPORTED
 | |
|          /* Use this opportunity to validate the png 'current' APIs: */
 | |
|          if (y != png_get_current_row_number(pp))
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "png_get_current_row_number is broken");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (pass != png_get_current_pass_number(pp))
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "png_get_current_pass_number is broken");
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|          y = PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(y, pass);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Validate this just in case. */
 | |
|       if (y >= dp->h)
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "invalid y to progressive row callback");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       row = store_image_row(dp->ps, pp, 0, y);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       /* Combine the new row into the old: */
 | |
|       if (dp->do_interlace)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (dp->interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)
 | |
|             deinterlace_row(row, new_row, dp->pixel_size, dp->w, pass);
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             row_copy(row, new_row, dp->pixel_size * dp->w);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else
 | |
|          png_progressive_combine_row(pp, row, new_row);
 | |
|    } else if (dp->interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 &&
 | |
|       PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass) &&
 | |
|       PNG_PASS_COLS(dp->w, pass) > 0)
 | |
|       png_error(pp, "missing row in progressive de-interlacing");
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| sequential_row(standard_display *dp, png_structp pp, png_infop pi,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST int iImage, PNG_CONST int iDisplay)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    PNG_CONST int         npasses = dp->npasses;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST int         do_interlace = dp->do_interlace &&
 | |
|       dp->interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_uint_32 height = standard_height(pp, dp->id);
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_uint_32 width = standard_width(pp, dp->id);
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_store*  ps = dp->ps;
 | |
|    int pass;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    for (pass=0; pass<npasses; ++pass)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_uint_32 y;
 | |
|       png_uint_32 wPass = PNG_PASS_COLS(width, pass);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (y=0; y<height; ++y)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (do_interlace)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             /* wPass may be zero or this row may not be in this pass.
 | |
|              * png_read_row must not be called in either case.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             if (wPass > 0 && PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass))
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                /* Read the row into a pair of temporary buffers, then do the
 | |
|                 * merge here into the output rows.
 | |
|                 */
 | |
|                png_byte row[STANDARD_ROWMAX], display[STANDARD_ROWMAX];
 | |
| 
 | |
|                /* The following aids (to some extent) error detection - we can
 | |
|                 * see where png_read_row wrote.  Use opposite values in row and
 | |
|                 * display to make this easier.  Don't use 0xff (which is used in
 | |
|                 * the image write code to fill unused bits) or 0 (which is a
 | |
|                 * likely value to overwrite unused bits with).
 | |
|                 */
 | |
|                memset(row, 0xc5, sizeof row);
 | |
|                memset(display, 0x5c, sizeof display);
 | |
| 
 | |
|                png_read_row(pp, row, display);
 | |
| 
 | |
|                if (iImage >= 0)
 | |
|                   deinterlace_row(store_image_row(ps, pp, iImage, y), row,
 | |
|                      dp->pixel_size, dp->w, pass);
 | |
| 
 | |
|                if (iDisplay >= 0)
 | |
|                   deinterlace_row(store_image_row(ps, pp, iDisplay, y), display,
 | |
|                      dp->pixel_size, dp->w, pass);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|          }
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             png_read_row(pp,
 | |
|                iImage >= 0 ? store_image_row(ps, pp, iImage, y) : NULL,
 | |
|                iDisplay >= 0 ? store_image_row(ps, pp, iDisplay, y) : NULL);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* And finish the read operation (only really necessary if the caller wants
 | |
|     * to find additional data in png_info from chunks after the last IDAT.)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    png_read_end(pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_check_text(png_const_structp pp, png_const_textp tp,
 | |
|    png_const_charp keyword, png_const_charp text)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    char msg[1024];
 | |
|    size_t pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, 0, "text: ");
 | |
|    size_t ok;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, keyword);
 | |
|    pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ": ");
 | |
|    ok = pos;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (tp->compression != PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       char buf[64];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       sprintf(buf, "compression [%d->%d], ", PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt,
 | |
|          tp->compression);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, buf);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (tp->key == NULL || strcmp(tp->key, keyword) != 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "keyword \"");
 | |
|       if (tp->key != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, tp->key);
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\", ");
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "null, ");
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (tp->text == NULL)
 | |
|       pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "text lost, ");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (tp->text_length != strlen(text))
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          char buf[64];
 | |
|          sprintf(buf, "text length changed[%lu->%lu], ",
 | |
|             (unsigned long)strlen(text), (unsigned long)tp->text_length);
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, buf);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (strcmp(tp->text, text) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "text becomes \"");
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, tp->text);
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\" (was \"");
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, text);
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\"), ");
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (tp->itxt_length != 0)
 | |
|       pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "iTXt length set, ");
 | |
|       
 | |
|    if (tp->lang != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "iTXt language \"");
 | |
|       pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, tp->lang);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\", ");
 | |
|    }
 | |
|       
 | |
|    if (tp->lang_key != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "iTXt keyword \"");
 | |
|       pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, tp->lang_key);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\", ");
 | |
|    }
 | |
|       
 | |
|    if (pos > ok)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       msg[pos-2] = '\0'; /* Remove the ", " at the end */
 | |
|       png_error(pp, msg);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_text_validate(standard_display *dp, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|    png_const_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_textp tp = NULL;
 | |
|    png_uint_32 num_text = png_get_text(pp, pi, &tp, NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (num_text == 2 && tp != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       standard_check_text(pp, tp, "image name", dp->ps->current->name);
 | |
|       standard_check_text(pp, tp+1, "end marker", "end");
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       char msg[64];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       sprintf(msg, "expected two text items, got %lu",
 | |
|          (unsigned long)num_text);
 | |
|       png_error(pp, msg);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #  define standard_text_validate(dp,pp,pi) ((void)0)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_row_validate(standard_display *dp, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|    int iImage, int iDisplay, png_uint_32 y)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    int where;
 | |
|    png_byte std[STANDARD_ROWMAX];
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The row must be pre-initialized to the magic number here for the size
 | |
|     * tests to pass:
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    memset(std, 178, sizeof std);
 | |
|    standard_row(pp, std, dp->id, y);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* At the end both the 'row' and 'display' arrays should end up identical.
 | |
|     * In earlier passes 'row' will be partially filled in, with only the pixels
 | |
|     * that have been read so far, but 'display' will have those pixels
 | |
|     * replicated to fill the unread pixels while reading an interlaced image.
 | |
| #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10506
 | |
|     * The side effect inside the libpng sequential reader is that the 'row'
 | |
|     * array retains the correct values for unwritten pixels within the row
 | |
|     * bytes, while the 'display' array gets bits off the end of the image (in
 | |
|     * the last byte) trashed.  Unfortunately in the progressive reader the
 | |
|     * row bytes are always trashed, so we always do a pixel_cmp here even though
 | |
|     * a memcmp of all cbRow bytes will succeed for the sequential reader.
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (iImage >= 0 &&
 | |
|       (where = pixel_cmp(std, store_image_row(dp->ps, pp, iImage, y),
 | |
|             dp->bit_width)) != 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       char msg[64];
 | |
|       sprintf(msg, "PNG image row[%lu][%d] changed from %.2x to %.2x",
 | |
|          (unsigned long)y, where-1, std[where-1],
 | |
|          store_image_row(dp->ps, pp, iImage, y)[where-1]);
 | |
|       png_error(pp, msg);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10506
 | |
|    /* In this case use pixel_cmp because we need to compare a partial
 | |
|     * byte at the end of the row if the row is not an exact multiple
 | |
|     * of 8 bits wide.  (This is fixed in libpng-1.5.6 and pixel_cmp is
 | |
|     * changed to match!)
 | |
|     */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|    if (iDisplay >= 0 &&
 | |
|       (where = pixel_cmp(std, store_image_row(dp->ps, pp, iDisplay, y),
 | |
|          dp->bit_width)) != 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       char msg[64];
 | |
|       sprintf(msg, "display  row[%lu][%d] changed from %.2x to %.2x",
 | |
|          (unsigned long)y, where-1, std[where-1],
 | |
|          store_image_row(dp->ps, pp, iDisplay, y)[where-1]);
 | |
|       png_error(pp, msg);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_image_validate(standard_display *dp, png_const_structp pp, int iImage,
 | |
|     int iDisplay)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_uint_32 y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (iImage >= 0)
 | |
|       store_image_check(dp->ps, pp, iImage);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (iDisplay >= 0)
 | |
|       store_image_check(dp->ps, pp, iDisplay);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    for (y=0; y<dp->h; ++y)
 | |
|       standard_row_validate(dp, pp, iImage, iDisplay, y);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This avoids false positives if the validation code is never called! */
 | |
|    dp->ps->validated = 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_end(png_structp ppIn, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_const_structp pp = ppIn;
 | |
|    standard_display *dp = voidcast(standard_display*,
 | |
|       png_get_progressive_ptr(pp));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    UNUSED(pi)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Validate the image - progressive reading only produces one variant for
 | |
|     * interlaced images.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    standard_text_validate(dp, pp, pi);
 | |
|    standard_image_validate(dp, pp, 0, -1);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* A single test run checking the standard image to ensure it is not damaged. */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| standard_test(png_store* PNG_CONST psIn, png_uint_32 PNG_CONST id,
 | |
|    int do_interlace, int use_update_info)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    standard_display d;
 | |
|    context(psIn, fault);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Set up the display (stack frame) variables from the arguments to the
 | |
|     * function and initialize the locals that are filled in later.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    standard_display_init(&d, psIn, id, do_interlace, use_update_info);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Everything is protected by a Try/Catch.  The functions called also
 | |
|     * typically have local Try/Catch blocks.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    Try
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_structp pp;
 | |
|       png_infop pi;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Get a png_struct for reading the image. This will throw an error if it
 | |
|        * fails, so we don't need to check the result.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       pp = set_store_for_read(d.ps, &pi, d.id,
 | |
|          d.do_interlace ?  (d.ps->progressive ?
 | |
|             "pngvalid progressive deinterlacer" :
 | |
|             "pngvalid sequential deinterlacer") : (d.ps->progressive ?
 | |
|                "progressive reader" : "sequential reader"));
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Initialize the palette correctly from the png_store_file. */
 | |
|       standard_palette_init(&d);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Introduce the correct read function. */
 | |
|       if (d.ps->progressive)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          png_set_progressive_read_fn(pp, &d, standard_info, progressive_row,
 | |
|             standard_end);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Now feed data into the reader until we reach the end: */
 | |
|          store_progressive_read(d.ps, pp, pi);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* Note that this takes the store, not the display. */
 | |
|          png_set_read_fn(pp, d.ps, store_read);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Check the header values: */
 | |
|          png_read_info(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* The code tests both versions of the images that the sequential
 | |
|           * reader can produce.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          standard_info_imp(&d, pp, pi, 2 /*images*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Need the total bytes in the image below; we can't get to this point
 | |
|           * unless the PNG file values have been checked against the expected
 | |
|           * values.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             sequential_row(&d, pp, pi, 0, 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* After the last pass loop over the rows again to check that the
 | |
|              * image is correct.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             if (!d.speed)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                standard_text_validate(&d, pp, pi);
 | |
|                standard_image_validate(&d, pp, 0, 1);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|             else
 | |
|                d.ps->validated = 1;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Check for validation. */
 | |
|       if (!d.ps->validated)
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "image read failed silently");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Successful completion. */
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Catch(fault)
 | |
|       d.ps = fault; /* make sure this hasn't been clobbered. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* In either case clean up the store. */
 | |
|    store_read_reset(d.ps);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| test_standard(png_modifier* PNG_CONST pm, png_byte PNG_CONST colour_type,
 | |
|     int bdlo, int PNG_CONST bdhi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    for (; bdlo <= bdhi; ++bdlo)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int interlace_type;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (interlace_type = PNG_INTERLACE_NONE;
 | |
|            interlace_type < PNG_INTERLACE_LAST; ++interlace_type)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/,
 | |
|             interlace_type, 0, 0, 0), 0/*do_interlace*/, pm->use_update_info);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (fail(pm))
 | |
|             return 0;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return 1; /* keep going */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| perform_standard_test(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Test each colour type over the valid range of bit depths (expressed as
 | |
|     * log2(bit_depth) in turn, stop as soon as any error is detected.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (!test_standard(pm, 0, 0, READ_BDHI))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!test_standard(pm, 2, 3, READ_BDHI))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!test_standard(pm, 3, 0, 3))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!test_standard(pm, 4, 3, READ_BDHI))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!test_standard(pm, 6, 3, READ_BDHI))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /********************************** SIZE TESTS ********************************/
 | |
| static int
 | |
| test_size(png_modifier* PNG_CONST pm, png_byte PNG_CONST colour_type,
 | |
|     int bdlo, int PNG_CONST bdhi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Run the tests on each combination.
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * NOTE: on my 32 bit x86 each of the following blocks takes
 | |
|     * a total of 3.5 seconds if done across every combo of bit depth
 | |
|     * width and height.  This is a waste of time in practice, hence the
 | |
|     * hinc and winc stuff:
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    static PNG_CONST png_byte hinc[] = {1, 3, 11, 1, 5};
 | |
|    static PNG_CONST png_byte winc[] = {1, 9, 5, 7, 1};
 | |
|    for (; bdlo <= bdhi; ++bdlo)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_uint_32 h, w;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (h=1; h<=16; h+=hinc[bdlo]) for (w=1; w<=16; w+=winc[bdlo])
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* First test all the 'size' images against the sequential
 | |
|           * reader using libpng to deinterlace (where required.)  This
 | |
|           * validates the write side of libpng.  There are four possibilities
 | |
|           * to validate.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/,
 | |
|             PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, w, h, 0), 0/*do_interlace*/,
 | |
|             pm->use_update_info);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (fail(pm))
 | |
|             return 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/,
 | |
|             PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, w, h, 1), 0/*do_interlace*/,
 | |
|             pm->use_update_info);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (fail(pm))
 | |
|             return 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/,
 | |
|             PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7, w, h, 0), 0/*do_interlace*/,
 | |
|             pm->use_update_info);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (fail(pm))
 | |
|             return 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/,
 | |
|             PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7, w, h, 1), 0/*do_interlace*/,
 | |
|             pm->use_update_info);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (fail(pm))
 | |
|             return 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Now validate the interlaced read side - do_interlace true,
 | |
|           * in the progressive case this does actually make a difference
 | |
|           * to the code used in the non-interlaced case too.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/,
 | |
|             PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, w, h, 0), 1/*do_interlace*/,
 | |
|             pm->use_update_info);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (fail(pm))
 | |
|             return 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          standard_test(&pm->this, FILEID(colour_type, DEPTH(bdlo), 0/*palette*/,
 | |
|             PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7, w, h, 0), 1/*do_interlace*/,
 | |
|             pm->use_update_info);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (fail(pm))
 | |
|             return 0;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return 1; /* keep going */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| perform_size_test(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Test each colour type over the valid range of bit depths (expressed as
 | |
|     * log2(bit_depth) in turn, stop as soon as any error is detected.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (!test_size(pm, 0, 0, READ_BDHI))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!test_size(pm, 2, 3, READ_BDHI))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* For the moment don't do the palette test - it's a waste of time when
 | |
|     * compared to the grayscale test.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| #if 0
 | |
|    if (!test_size(pm, 3, 0, 3))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!test_size(pm, 4, 3, READ_BDHI))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!test_size(pm, 6, 3, READ_BDHI))
 | |
|       return;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /******************************* TRANSFORM TESTS ******************************/
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED
 | |
| /* A set of tests to validate libpng image transforms.  The possibilities here
 | |
|  * are legion because the transforms can be combined in a combinatorial
 | |
|  * fashion.  To deal with this some measure of restraint is required, otherwise
 | |
|  * the tests would take forever.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| typedef struct image_pixel
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* A local (pngvalid) representation of a PNG pixel, in all its
 | |
|     * various forms.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    unsigned int red, green, blue, alpha; /* For non-palette images. */
 | |
|    unsigned int palette_index;           /* For a palette image. */
 | |
|    png_byte colour_type;                 /* As in the spec. */
 | |
|    png_byte bit_depth;                   /* Defines bit size in row */
 | |
|    png_byte sample_depth;                /* Scale of samples */
 | |
|    int      have_tRNS;                   /* tRNS chunk may need processing */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* For checking the code calculates double precision floating point values
 | |
|     * along with an error value, accumulated from the transforms.  Because an
 | |
|     * sBIT setting allows larger error bounds (indeed, by the spec, apparently
 | |
|     * up to just less than +/-1 in the scaled value) the *lowest* sBIT for each
 | |
|     * channel is stored.  This sBIT value is folded in to the stored error value
 | |
|     * at the end of the application of the transforms to the pixel.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    double   redf, greenf, bluef, alphaf;
 | |
|    double   rede, greene, bluee, alphae;
 | |
|    png_byte red_sBIT, green_sBIT, blue_sBIT, alpha_sBIT;
 | |
| } image_pixel;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Shared utility function, see below. */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_pixel_setf(image_pixel *this, unsigned int max)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    this->redf = this->red / (double)max;
 | |
|    this->greenf = this->green / (double)max;
 | |
|    this->bluef = this->blue / (double)max;
 | |
|    this->alphaf = this->alpha / (double)max;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (this->red < max)
 | |
|       this->rede = this->redf * DBL_EPSILON;
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       this->rede = 0;
 | |
|    if (this->green < max)
 | |
|       this->greene = this->greenf * DBL_EPSILON;
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       this->greene = 0;
 | |
|    if (this->blue < max)
 | |
|       this->bluee = this->bluef * DBL_EPSILON;
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       this->bluee = 0;
 | |
|    if (this->alpha < max)
 | |
|       this->alphae = this->alphaf * DBL_EPSILON;
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       this->alphae = 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Initialize the structure for the next pixel - call this before doing any
 | |
|  * transforms and call it for each pixel since all the fields may need to be
 | |
|  * reset.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_pixel_init(image_pixel *this, png_const_bytep row, png_byte colour_type,
 | |
|     png_byte bit_depth, png_uint_32 x, store_palette palette)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte sample_depth = (png_byte)(colour_type ==
 | |
|       PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE ? 8 : bit_depth);
 | |
|    PNG_CONST unsigned int max = (1U<<sample_depth)-1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Initially just set everything to the same number and the alpha to opaque.
 | |
|     * Note that this currently assumes a simple palette where entry x has colour
 | |
|     * rgb(x,x,x)!
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    this->palette_index = this->red = this->green = this->blue =
 | |
|       sample(row, colour_type, bit_depth, x, 0);
 | |
|    this->alpha = max;
 | |
|    this->red_sBIT = this->green_sBIT = this->blue_sBIT = this->alpha_sBIT =
 | |
|       sample_depth;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Then override as appropriate: */
 | |
|    if (colour_type == 3) /* palette */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* This permits the caller to default to the sample value. */
 | |
|       if (palette != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          PNG_CONST unsigned int i = this->palette_index;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          this->red = palette[i].red;
 | |
|          this->green = palette[i].green;
 | |
|          this->blue = palette[i].blue;
 | |
|          this->alpha = palette[i].alpha;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else /* not palette */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       unsigned int i = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (colour_type & 2)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          this->green = sample(row, colour_type, bit_depth, x, 1);
 | |
|          this->blue = sample(row, colour_type, bit_depth, x, 2);
 | |
|          i = 2;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (colour_type & 4)
 | |
|          this->alpha = sample(row, colour_type, bit_depth, x, ++i);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Calculate the scaled values, these are simply the values divided by
 | |
|     * 'max' and the error is initialized to the double precision epsilon value
 | |
|     * from the header file.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    image_pixel_setf(this, max);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Store the input information for use in the transforms - these will
 | |
|     * modify the information.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    this->colour_type = colour_type;
 | |
|    this->bit_depth = bit_depth;
 | |
|    this->sample_depth = sample_depth;
 | |
|    this->have_tRNS = 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Convert a palette image to an rgb image.  This necessarily converts the tRNS
 | |
|  * chunk at the same time, because the tRNS will be in palette form.  The way
 | |
|  * palette validation works means that the original palette is never updated,
 | |
|  * instead the image_pixel value from the row contains the RGB of the
 | |
|  * corresponding palette entry and *this* is updated.  Consequently this routine
 | |
|  * only needs to change the colour type information.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_pixel_convert_PLTE(image_pixel *this)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (this->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (this->have_tRNS)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          this->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA;
 | |
|          this->have_tRNS = 0;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else
 | |
|          this->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The bit depth of the row changes at this point too (notice that this is
 | |
|        * the row format, not the sample depth, which is separate.)
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       this->bit_depth = 8;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Add an alpha channel; this will import the tRNS information because tRNS is
 | |
|  * not valid in an alpha image.  The bit depth will invariably be set to at
 | |
|  * least 8.  Palette images will be converted to alpha (using the above API).
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_pixel_add_alpha(image_pixel *this, PNG_CONST standard_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (this->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|       image_pixel_convert_PLTE(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if ((this->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) == 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (this->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (this->bit_depth < 8)
 | |
|             this->bit_depth = 8;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (this->have_tRNS)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             this->have_tRNS = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Check the input, original, channel value here against the
 | |
|              * original tRNS gray chunk valie.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             if (this->red == display->transparent.red)
 | |
|                this->alphaf = 0;
 | |
|             else
 | |
|                this->alphaf = 1;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             this->alphaf = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          this->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (this->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (this->have_tRNS)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             this->have_tRNS = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Again, check the exact input values, not the current transformed
 | |
|              * value!
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             if (this->red == display->transparent.red &&
 | |
|                this->green == display->transparent.green &&
 | |
|                this->blue == display->transparent.blue)
 | |
|                this->alphaf = 0;
 | |
|             else
 | |
|                this->alphaf = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             this->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The error in the alpha is zero and the sBIT value comes from the
 | |
|        * original sBIT data (actually it will always be the original bit depth).
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       this->alphae = 0;
 | |
|       this->alpha_sBIT = display->alpha_sBIT;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct transform_display;
 | |
| typedef struct image_transform
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* The name of this transform: a string. */
 | |
|    PNG_CONST char *name;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Each transform can be disabled from the command line: */
 | |
|    int enable;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The global list of transforms; read only. */
 | |
|    struct image_transform *PNG_CONST list;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The global count of the number of times this transform has been set on an
 | |
|     * image.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    unsigned int global_use;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The local count of the number of times this transform has been set. */
 | |
|    unsigned int local_use;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The next transform in the list, each transform must call its own next
 | |
|     * transform after it has processed the pixel successfully.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    PNG_CONST struct image_transform *next;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* A single transform for the image, expressed as a series of function
 | |
|     * callbacks and some space for values.
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * First a callback to add any required modifications to the png_modifier;
 | |
|     * this gets called just before the modifier is set up for read.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    void (*ini)(PNG_CONST struct image_transform *this,
 | |
|       struct transform_display *that);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* And a callback to set the transform on the current png_read_struct:
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    void (*set)(PNG_CONST struct image_transform *this,
 | |
|       struct transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Then a transform that takes an input pixel in one PNG format or another
 | |
|     * and modifies it by a pngvalid implementation of the transform (thus
 | |
|     * duplicating the libpng intent without, we hope, duplicating the bugs
 | |
|     * in the libpng implementation!)  The png_structp is solely to allow error
 | |
|     * reporting via png_error and png_warning.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    void (*mod)(PNG_CONST struct image_transform *this, image_pixel *that,
 | |
|       png_const_structp pp, PNG_CONST struct transform_display *display);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Add this transform to the list and return true if the transform is
 | |
|     * meaningful for this colour type and bit depth - if false then the
 | |
|     * transform should have no effect on the image so there's not a lot of
 | |
|     * point running it.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    int (*add)(struct image_transform *this,
 | |
|       PNG_CONST struct image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type,
 | |
|       png_byte bit_depth);
 | |
| } image_transform;
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct transform_display
 | |
| {
 | |
|    standard_display this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Parameters */
 | |
|    png_modifier*              pm;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST image_transform* transform_list;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Local variables */
 | |
|    png_byte output_colour_type;
 | |
|    png_byte output_bit_depth;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Modifications (not necessarily used.) */
 | |
|    gama_modification gama_mod;
 | |
|    chrm_modification chrm_mod;
 | |
|    srgb_modification srgb_mod;
 | |
| } transform_display;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Set sRGB, cHRM and gAMA transforms as required by the current encoding. */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| transform_set_encoding(transform_display *this)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Set up the png_modifier '_current' fields then use these to determine how
 | |
|     * to add appropriate chunks.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    png_modifier *pm = this->pm;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    modifier_set_encoding(pm);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (modifier_color_encoding_is_set(pm))
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (modifier_color_encoding_is_sRGB(pm))
 | |
|          srgb_modification_init(&this->srgb_mod, pm, PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* Set gAMA and cHRM separately. */
 | |
|          gama_modification_init(&this->gama_mod, pm, pm->current_gamma);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (pm->current_encoding != 0)
 | |
|             chrm_modification_init(&this->chrm_mod, pm, pm->current_encoding);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Three functions to end the list: */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_ini_end(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|    transform_display *that)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(this)
 | |
|    UNUSED(that)
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_set_end(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|    transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(this)
 | |
|    UNUSED(that)
 | |
|    UNUSED(pp)
 | |
|    UNUSED(pi)
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* At the end of the list recalculate the output image pixel value from the
 | |
|  * double precision values set up by the preceding 'mod' calls:
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static unsigned int
 | |
| sample_scale(double sample_value, unsigned int scale)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    sample_value = floor(sample_value * scale + .5);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Return NaN as 0: */
 | |
|    if (!(sample_value > 0))
 | |
|       sample_value = 0;
 | |
|    else if (sample_value > scale)
 | |
|       sample_value = scale;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return (unsigned int)sample_value;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_mod_end(PNG_CONST image_transform *this, image_pixel *that,
 | |
|     png_const_structp pp, PNG_CONST transform_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    PNG_CONST unsigned int scale = (1U<<that->sample_depth)-1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    UNUSED(this)
 | |
|    UNUSED(pp)
 | |
|    UNUSED(display)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* At the end recalculate the digitized red green and blue values according
 | |
|     * to the current sample_depth of the pixel.
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * The sample value is simply scaled to the maximum, checking for over
 | |
|     * and underflow (which can both happen for some image transforms,
 | |
|     * including simple size scaling, though libpng doesn't do that at present.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    that->red = sample_scale(that->redf, scale);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The error value is increased, at the end, according to the lowest sBIT
 | |
|     * value seen.  Common sense tells us that the intermediate integer
 | |
|     * representations are no more accurate than +/- 0.5 in the integral values,
 | |
|     * the sBIT allows the implementation to be worse than this.  In addition the
 | |
|     * PNG specification actually permits any error within the range (-1..+1),
 | |
|     * but that is ignored here.  Instead the final digitized value is compared,
 | |
|     * below to the digitized value of the error limits - this has the net effect
 | |
|     * of allowing (almost) +/-1 in the output value.  It's difficult to see how
 | |
|     * any algorithm that digitizes intermediate results can be more accurate.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    that->rede += 1./(2*((1U<<that->red_sBIT)-1));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (that->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       that->green = sample_scale(that->greenf, scale);
 | |
|       that->blue = sample_scale(that->bluef, scale);
 | |
|       that->greene += 1./(2*((1U<<that->green_sBIT)-1));
 | |
|       that->bluee += 1./(2*((1U<<that->blue_sBIT)-1));
 | |
|    }
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       that->blue = that->green = that->red;
 | |
|       that->bluef = that->greenf = that->redf;
 | |
|       that->bluee = that->greene = that->rede;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if ((that->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) ||
 | |
|       that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       that->alpha = sample_scale(that->alphaf, scale);
 | |
|       that->alphae += 1./(2*((1U<<that->alpha_sBIT)-1));
 | |
|    }
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       that->alpha = scale; /* opaque */
 | |
|       that->alpha = 1;     /* Override this. */
 | |
|       that->alphae = 0;    /* It's exact ;-) */
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Static 'end' structure: */
 | |
| static image_transform image_transform_end =
 | |
| {
 | |
|    "(end)", /* name */
 | |
|    1, /* enable */
 | |
|    0, /* list */
 | |
|    0, /* global_use */
 | |
|    0, /* local_use */
 | |
|    0, /* next */
 | |
|    image_transform_ini_end,
 | |
|    image_transform_set_end,
 | |
|    image_transform_mod_end,
 | |
|    0 /* never called, I want it to crash if it is! */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Reader callbacks and implementations, where they differ from the standard
 | |
|  * ones.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| transform_display_init(transform_display *dp, png_modifier *pm, png_uint_32 id,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform *transform_list)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    memset(dp, 0, sizeof *dp);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Standard fields */
 | |
|    standard_display_init(&dp->this, &pm->this, id, 0/*do_interlace*/,
 | |
|       pm->use_update_info);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Parameter fields */
 | |
|    dp->pm = pm;
 | |
|    dp->transform_list = transform_list;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Local variable fields */
 | |
|    dp->output_colour_type = 255; /* invalid */
 | |
|    dp->output_bit_depth = 255;  /* invalid */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| transform_info_imp(transform_display *dp, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Reuse the standard stuff as appropriate. */
 | |
|    standard_info_part1(&dp->this, pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Now set the list of transforms. */
 | |
|    dp->transform_list->set(dp->transform_list, dp, pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Update the info structure for these transforms: */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int i = dp->this.use_update_info;
 | |
|       /* Always do one call, even if use_update_info is 0. */
 | |
|       do
 | |
|          png_read_update_info(pp, pi);
 | |
|       while (--i > 0);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* And get the output information into the standard_display */
 | |
|    standard_info_part2(&dp->this, pp, pi, 1/*images*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Plus the extra stuff we need for the transform tests: */
 | |
|    dp->output_colour_type = png_get_color_type(pp, pi);
 | |
|    dp->output_bit_depth = png_get_bit_depth(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Validate the combination of colour type and bit depth that we are getting
 | |
|     * out of libpng; the semantics of something not in the PNG spec are, at
 | |
|     * best, unclear.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    switch (dp->output_colour_type)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|    case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE:
 | |
|       if (dp->output_bit_depth > 8) goto error;
 | |
|       /*FALL THROUGH*/
 | |
|    case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY:
 | |
|       if (dp->output_bit_depth == 1 || dp->output_bit_depth == 2 ||
 | |
|          dp->output_bit_depth == 4)
 | |
|          break;
 | |
|       /*FALL THROUGH*/
 | |
|    default:
 | |
|       if (dp->output_bit_depth == 8 || dp->output_bit_depth == 16)
 | |
|          break;
 | |
|       /*FALL THROUGH*/
 | |
|    error:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          char message[128];
 | |
|          size_t pos;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, 0,
 | |
|             "invalid final bit depth: colour type(");
 | |
|          pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, dp->output_colour_type);
 | |
|          pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, ") with bit depth: ");
 | |
|          pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, dp->output_bit_depth);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          png_error(pp, message);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Use a test pixel to check that the output agrees with what we expect -
 | |
|     * this avoids running the whole test if the output is unexpected.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       image_pixel test_pixel;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       memset(&test_pixel, 0, sizeof test_pixel);
 | |
|       test_pixel.colour_type = dp->this.colour_type; /* input */
 | |
|       test_pixel.bit_depth = dp->this.bit_depth;
 | |
|       if (test_pixel.colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|          test_pixel.sample_depth = 8;
 | |
|       else
 | |
|          test_pixel.sample_depth = test_pixel.bit_depth;
 | |
|       /* Don't need sBIT here, but it must be set to non-zero to avoid
 | |
|        * arithmetic overflows.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       test_pixel.have_tRNS = dp->this.is_transparent;
 | |
|       test_pixel.red_sBIT = test_pixel.green_sBIT = test_pixel.blue_sBIT =
 | |
|          test_pixel.alpha_sBIT = test_pixel.sample_depth;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       dp->transform_list->mod(dp->transform_list, &test_pixel, pp, dp);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (test_pixel.colour_type != dp->output_colour_type)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          char message[128];
 | |
|          size_t pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, 0, "colour type ");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, dp->output_colour_type);
 | |
|          pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, " expected ");
 | |
|          pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, test_pixel.colour_type);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          png_error(pp, message);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (test_pixel.bit_depth != dp->output_bit_depth)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          char message[128];
 | |
|          size_t pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, 0, "bit depth ");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, dp->output_bit_depth);
 | |
|          pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, " expected ");
 | |
|          pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, test_pixel.bit_depth);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          png_error(pp, message);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If both bit depth and colour type are correct check the sample depth.
 | |
|        * I believe these are both internal errors.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (test_pixel.colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (test_pixel.sample_depth != 8) /* oops - internal error! */
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "pngvalid: internal: palette sample depth not 8");
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else if (test_pixel.sample_depth != dp->output_bit_depth)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          char message[128];
 | |
|          size_t pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, 0,
 | |
|             "internal: sample depth ");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, dp->output_bit_depth);
 | |
|          pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, " expected ");
 | |
|          pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, test_pixel.sample_depth);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          png_error(pp, message);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| transform_info(png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    transform_info_imp(voidcast(transform_display*, png_get_progressive_ptr(pp)),
 | |
|       pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| transform_range_check(png_const_structp pp, unsigned int r, unsigned int g,
 | |
|    unsigned int b, unsigned int a, unsigned int in_digitized, double in,
 | |
|    unsigned int out, png_byte sample_depth, double err, double limit,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST char *name, double digitization_error)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Compare the scaled, digitzed, values of our local calculation (in+-err)
 | |
|     * with the digitized values libpng produced;  'sample_depth' is the actual
 | |
|     * digitization depth of the libpng output colors (the bit depth except for
 | |
|     * palette images where it is always 8.)  The check on 'err' is to detect
 | |
|     * internal errors in pngvalid itself.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    unsigned int max = (1U<<sample_depth)-1;
 | |
|    double in_min = ceil((in-err)*max - digitization_error);
 | |
|    double in_max = floor((in+err)*max + digitization_error);
 | |
|    if (err > limit || !(out >= in_min && out <= in_max))
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       char message[256];
 | |
|       size_t pos;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, 0, name);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, " output value error: rgba(");
 | |
|       pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, r);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, ",");
 | |
|       pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, g);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, ",");
 | |
|       pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, b);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, ",");
 | |
|       pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, a);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, "): ");
 | |
|       pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, out);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, " expected: ");
 | |
|       pos = safecatn(message, sizeof message, pos, in_digitized);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, " (");
 | |
|       pos = safecatd(message, sizeof message, pos, (in-err)*max, 3);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, "..");
 | |
|       pos = safecatd(message, sizeof message, pos, (in+err)*max, 3);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(message, sizeof message, pos, ")");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       png_error(pp, message);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| transform_image_validate(transform_display *dp, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|    png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Constants for the loop below: */
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_store* PNG_CONST ps = dp->this.ps;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte in_ct = dp->this.colour_type;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte in_bd = dp->this.bit_depth;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_uint_32 w = dp->this.w;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_uint_32 h = dp->this.h;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte out_ct = dp->output_colour_type;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte out_bd = dp->output_bit_depth;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte sample_depth = (png_byte)(out_ct ==
 | |
|       PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE ? 8 : out_bd);
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte red_sBIT = dp->this.red_sBIT;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte green_sBIT = dp->this.green_sBIT;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte blue_sBIT = dp->this.blue_sBIT;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte alpha_sBIT = dp->this.alpha_sBIT;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST int have_tRNS = dp->this.is_transparent;
 | |
|    double digitization_error;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    store_palette out_palette;
 | |
|    png_uint_32 y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    UNUSED(pi)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Check for row overwrite errors */
 | |
|    store_image_check(dp->this.ps, pp, 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Read the palette corresponding to the output if the output colour type
 | |
|     * indicates a palette, othewise set out_palette to garbage.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (out_ct == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Validate that the palette count itself has not changed - this is not
 | |
|        * expected.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       int npalette = (-1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       (void)read_palette(out_palette, &npalette, pp, pi);
 | |
|       if (npalette != dp->this.npalette)
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "unexpected change in palette size");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       digitization_error = .5;
 | |
|    }
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_byte in_sample_depth;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       memset(out_palette, 0x5e, sizeof out_palette);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* assume-8-bit-calculations means assume that if the input has 8 bit
 | |
|        * (or less) samples and the output has 16 bit samples the calculations
 | |
|        * will be done with 8 bit precision, not 16.
 | |
|        *
 | |
|        * TODO: fix this in libpng; png_set_expand_16 should cause 16 bit
 | |
|        * calculations to be used throughout.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (in_ct == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE || in_bd < 16)
 | |
|          in_sample_depth = 8;
 | |
|       else
 | |
|          in_sample_depth = in_bd;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (sample_depth != 16 || in_sample_depth > 8 ||
 | |
|          !dp->pm->calculations_use_input_precision)
 | |
|          digitization_error = .5;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Else errors are at 8 bit precision, scale .5 in 8 bits to the 16 bits:
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       else
 | |
|          digitization_error = .5 * 257;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    for (y=0; y<h; ++y)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_const_bytep PNG_CONST pRow = store_image_row(ps, pp, 0, y);
 | |
|       png_uint_32 x;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The original, standard, row pre-transforms. */
 | |
|       png_byte std[STANDARD_ROWMAX];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       transform_row(pp, std, in_ct, in_bd, y);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Go through each original pixel transforming it and comparing with what
 | |
|        * libpng did to the same pixel.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       for (x=0; x<w; ++x)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          image_pixel in_pixel, out_pixel;
 | |
|          unsigned int r, g, b, a;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Find out what we think the pixel should be: */
 | |
|          image_pixel_init(&in_pixel, std, in_ct, in_bd, x, dp->this.palette);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          in_pixel.red_sBIT = red_sBIT;
 | |
|          in_pixel.green_sBIT = green_sBIT;
 | |
|          in_pixel.blue_sBIT = blue_sBIT;
 | |
|          in_pixel.alpha_sBIT = alpha_sBIT;
 | |
|          in_pixel.have_tRNS = have_tRNS;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* For error detection, below. */
 | |
|          r = in_pixel.red;
 | |
|          g = in_pixel.green;
 | |
|          b = in_pixel.blue;
 | |
|          a = in_pixel.alpha;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          dp->transform_list->mod(dp->transform_list, &in_pixel, pp, dp);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Read the output pixel and compare it to what we got, we don't
 | |
|           * use the error field here, so no need to update sBIT.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          image_pixel_init(&out_pixel, pRow, out_ct, out_bd, x, out_palette);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* We don't expect changes to the index here even if the bit depth is
 | |
|           * changed.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          if (in_ct == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE &&
 | |
|             out_ct == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             if (in_pixel.palette_index != out_pixel.palette_index)
 | |
|                png_error(pp, "unexpected transformed palette index");
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Check the colours for palette images too - in fact the palette could
 | |
|           * be separately verified itself in most cases.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          if (in_pixel.red != out_pixel.red)
 | |
|             transform_range_check(pp, r, g, b, a, in_pixel.red, in_pixel.redf,
 | |
|                out_pixel.red, sample_depth, in_pixel.rede,
 | |
|                dp->pm->limit + 1./(2*((1U<<in_pixel.red_sBIT)-1)), "red/gray",
 | |
|                digitization_error);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if ((out_ct & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) != 0 &&
 | |
|             in_pixel.green != out_pixel.green)
 | |
|             transform_range_check(pp, r, g, b, a, in_pixel.green,
 | |
|                in_pixel.greenf, out_pixel.green, sample_depth, in_pixel.greene,
 | |
|                dp->pm->limit + 1./(2*((1U<<in_pixel.green_sBIT)-1)), "green",
 | |
|                digitization_error);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if ((out_ct & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) != 0 &&
 | |
|             in_pixel.blue != out_pixel.blue)
 | |
|             transform_range_check(pp, r, g, b, a, in_pixel.blue, in_pixel.bluef,
 | |
|                out_pixel.blue, sample_depth, in_pixel.bluee,
 | |
|                dp->pm->limit + 1./(2*((1U<<in_pixel.blue_sBIT)-1)), "blue",
 | |
|                digitization_error);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if ((out_ct & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) != 0 &&
 | |
|             in_pixel.alpha != out_pixel.alpha)
 | |
|             transform_range_check(pp, r, g, b, a, in_pixel.alpha,
 | |
|                in_pixel.alphaf, out_pixel.alpha, sample_depth, in_pixel.alphae,
 | |
|                dp->pm->limit + 1./(2*((1U<<in_pixel.alpha_sBIT)-1)), "alpha",
 | |
|                digitization_error);
 | |
|       } /* pixel (x) loop */
 | |
|    } /* row (y) loop */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Record that something was actually checked to avoid a false positive. */
 | |
|    dp->this.ps->validated = 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| transform_end(png_structp ppIn, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_const_structp pp = ppIn;
 | |
|    transform_display *dp = voidcast(transform_display*,
 | |
|       png_get_progressive_ptr(pp));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!dp->this.speed)
 | |
|       transform_image_validate(dp, pp, pi);
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       dp->this.ps->validated = 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* A single test run. */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| transform_test(png_modifier *pmIn, PNG_CONST png_uint_32 idIn,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform* transform_listIn, PNG_CONST char * volatile name)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    transform_display d;
 | |
|    context(&pmIn->this, fault);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    transform_display_init(&d, pmIn, idIn, transform_listIn);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Try
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       size_t pos = 0;
 | |
|       png_structp pp;
 | |
|       png_infop pi;
 | |
|       char full_name[256];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Make sure the encoding fields are correct and enter the required
 | |
|        * modifications.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       transform_set_encoding(&d);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Add any modifications required by the transform list. */
 | |
|       d.transform_list->ini(d.transform_list, &d);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Add the color space information, if any, to the name. */
 | |
|       pos = safecat(full_name, sizeof full_name, pos, name);
 | |
|       pos = safecat_current_encoding(full_name, sizeof full_name, pos, d.pm);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Get a png_struct for reading the image. */
 | |
|       pp = set_modifier_for_read(d.pm, &pi, d.this.id, full_name);
 | |
|       standard_palette_init(&d.this);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #     if 0
 | |
|          /* Logging (debugging only) */
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             char buffer[256];
 | |
| 
 | |
|             (void)store_message(&d.pm->this, pp, buffer, sizeof buffer, 0,
 | |
|                "running test");
 | |
| 
 | |
|             fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buffer);
 | |
|          }
 | |
| #     endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Introduce the correct read function. */
 | |
|       if (d.pm->this.progressive)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* Share the row function with the standard implementation. */
 | |
|          png_set_progressive_read_fn(pp, &d, transform_info, progressive_row,
 | |
|             transform_end);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Now feed data into the reader until we reach the end: */
 | |
|          modifier_progressive_read(d.pm, pp, pi);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* modifier_read expects a png_modifier* */
 | |
|          png_set_read_fn(pp, d.pm, modifier_read);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Check the header values: */
 | |
|          png_read_info(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Process the 'info' requirements. Only one image is generated */
 | |
|          transform_info_imp(&d, pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          sequential_row(&d.this, pp, pi, -1, 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (!d.this.speed)
 | |
|             transform_image_validate(&d, pp, pi);
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             d.this.ps->validated = 1;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       modifier_reset(d.pm);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Catch(fault)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       modifier_reset((png_modifier*)fault);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The transforms: */
 | |
| #define ITSTRUCT(name) image_transform_##name
 | |
| #define ITDATA(name) image_transform_data_##name
 | |
| #define image_transform_ini image_transform_default_ini
 | |
| #define IT(name)\
 | |
| static image_transform ITSTRUCT(name) =\
 | |
| {\
 | |
|    #name,\
 | |
|    1, /*enable*/\
 | |
|    &PT, /*list*/\
 | |
|    0, /*global_use*/\
 | |
|    0, /*local_use*/\
 | |
|    0, /*next*/\
 | |
|    image_transform_ini,\
 | |
|    image_transform_png_set_##name##_set,\
 | |
|    image_transform_png_set_##name##_mod,\
 | |
|    image_transform_png_set_##name##_add\
 | |
| }
 | |
| #define PT ITSTRUCT(end) /* stores the previous transform */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* To save code: */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_default_ini(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     transform_display *that)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    this->next->ini(this->next, that);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| image_transform_default_add(image_transform *this,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(colour_type)
 | |
|    UNUSED(bit_depth)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next = *that;
 | |
|    *that = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED
 | |
| /* png_set_palette_to_rgb */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_palette_to_rgb_set(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_set_palette_to_rgb(pp);
 | |
|    this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_palette_to_rgb_mod(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST transform_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|       image_pixel_convert_PLTE(that);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_palette_to_rgb_add(image_transform *this,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(bit_depth)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next = *that;
 | |
|    *that = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| IT(palette_to_rgb);
 | |
| #undef PT
 | |
| #define PT ITSTRUCT(palette_to_rgb)
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED
 | |
| /* png_set_tRNS_to_alpha */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_tRNS_to_alpha_set(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|    transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(pp);
 | |
|    this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_tRNS_to_alpha_mod(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|    image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST transform_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* LIBPNG BUG: this always forces palette images to RGB. */
 | |
|    if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|       image_pixel_convert_PLTE(that);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This effectively does an 'expand' only if there is some transparency to
 | |
|     * convert to an alpha channel.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (that->have_tRNS)
 | |
|       image_pixel_add_alpha(that, &display->this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* LIBPNG BUG: otherwise libpng still expands to 8 bits! */
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (that->bit_depth < 8)
 | |
|          that->bit_depth =8;
 | |
|       if (that->sample_depth < 8)
 | |
|          that->sample_depth = 8;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_tRNS_to_alpha_add(image_transform *this,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(bit_depth)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next = *that;
 | |
|    *that = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* We don't know yet whether there will be a tRNS chunk, but we know that
 | |
|     * this transformation should do nothing if there already is an alpha
 | |
|     * channel.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    return (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) == 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| IT(tRNS_to_alpha);
 | |
| #undef PT
 | |
| #define PT ITSTRUCT(tRNS_to_alpha)
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED
 | |
| /* png_set_gray_to_rgb */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_gray_to_rgb_set(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_set_gray_to_rgb(pp);
 | |
|    this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_gray_to_rgb_mod(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST transform_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* NOTE: we can actually pend the tRNS processing at this point because we
 | |
|     * can correctly recognize the original pixel value even though we have
 | |
|     * mapped the one gray channel to the three RGB ones, but in fact libpng
 | |
|     * doesn't do this, so we don't either.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if ((that->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) == 0 && that->have_tRNS)
 | |
|       image_pixel_add_alpha(that, &display->this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Simply expand the bit depth and alter the colour type as required. */
 | |
|    if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* RGB images have a bit depth at least equal to '8' */
 | |
|       if (that->bit_depth < 8)
 | |
|          that->sample_depth = that->bit_depth = 8;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* And just changing the colour type works here because the green and blue
 | |
|        * channels are being maintained in lock-step with the red/gray:
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
 | |
|       that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_gray_to_rgb_add(image_transform *this,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(bit_depth)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next = *that;
 | |
|    *that = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) == 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| IT(gray_to_rgb);
 | |
| #undef PT
 | |
| #define PT ITSTRUCT(gray_to_rgb)
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED
 | |
| /* png_set_expand */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_expand_set(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_set_expand(pp);
 | |
|    this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_expand_mod(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST transform_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* The general expand case depends on what the colour type is: */
 | |
|    if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|       image_pixel_convert_PLTE(that);
 | |
|    else if (that->bit_depth < 8) /* grayscale */
 | |
|       that->sample_depth = that->bit_depth = 8;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (that->have_tRNS)
 | |
|       image_pixel_add_alpha(that, &display->this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_expand_add(image_transform *this,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(bit_depth)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next = *that;
 | |
|    *that = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* 'expand' should do nothing for RGBA or GA input - no tRNS and the bit
 | |
|     * depth is at least 8 already.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    return (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) == 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| IT(expand);
 | |
| #undef PT
 | |
| #define PT ITSTRUCT(expand)
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED
 | |
| /* png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8
 | |
|  * LIBPNG BUG: this just does an 'expand'
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8_set(
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform *this, transform_display *that, png_structp pp,
 | |
|     png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(pp);
 | |
|    this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8_mod(
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform *this, image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST transform_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    image_transform_png_set_expand_mod(this, that, pp, display);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8_add(image_transform *this,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    return image_transform_png_set_expand_add(this, that, colour_type,
 | |
|       bit_depth);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| IT(expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8);
 | |
| #undef PT
 | |
| #define PT ITSTRUCT(expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8)
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED
 | |
| /* png_set_expand_16 */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_expand_16_set(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_set_expand_16(pp);
 | |
|    this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_expand_16_mod(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST transform_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Expect expand_16 to expand everything to 16 bits as a result of also
 | |
|     * causing 'expand' to happen.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|       image_pixel_convert_PLTE(that);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (that->have_tRNS)
 | |
|       image_pixel_add_alpha(that, &display->this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (that->bit_depth < 16)
 | |
|       that->sample_depth = that->bit_depth = 16;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_expand_16_add(image_transform *this,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(colour_type)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next = *that;
 | |
|    *that = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* expand_16 does something unless the bit depth is already 16. */
 | |
|    return bit_depth < 16;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| IT(expand_16);
 | |
| #undef PT
 | |
| #define PT ITSTRUCT(expand_16)
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED  /* API added in 1.5.4 */
 | |
| /* png_set_scale_16 */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_scale_16_set(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_set_scale_16(pp);
 | |
|    this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_scale_16_mod(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST transform_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (that->bit_depth == 16)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       that->sample_depth = that->bit_depth = 8;
 | |
|       if (that->red_sBIT > 8) that->red_sBIT = 8;
 | |
|       if (that->green_sBIT > 8) that->green_sBIT = 8;
 | |
|       if (that->blue_sBIT > 8) that->blue_sBIT = 8;
 | |
|       if (that->alpha_sBIT > 8) that->alpha_sBIT = 8;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_scale_16_add(image_transform *this,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(colour_type)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next = *that;
 | |
|    *that = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return bit_depth > 8;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| IT(scale_16);
 | |
| #undef PT
 | |
| #define PT ITSTRUCT(scale_16)
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED (1.5.4 on) */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED /* the default before 1.5.4 */
 | |
| /* png_set_strip_16 */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_strip_16_set(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_set_strip_16(pp);
 | |
|    this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_strip_16_mod(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST transform_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (that->bit_depth == 16)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       that->sample_depth = that->bit_depth = 8;
 | |
|       if (that->red_sBIT > 8) that->red_sBIT = 8;
 | |
|       if (that->green_sBIT > 8) that->green_sBIT = 8;
 | |
|       if (that->blue_sBIT > 8) that->blue_sBIT = 8;
 | |
|       if (that->alpha_sBIT > 8) that->alpha_sBIT = 8;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Prior to 1.5.4 png_set_strip_16 would use an 'accurate' method if this
 | |
|        * configuration option is set.  From 1.5.4 the flag is never set and the
 | |
|        * 'scale' API (above) must be used.
 | |
|        */
 | |
| #     ifdef PNG_READ_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED
 | |
| #        if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
 | |
| #           error PNG_READ_ACCURATE_SCALE should not be set
 | |
| #        endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* The strip 16 algorithm drops the low 8 bits rather than calculating
 | |
|           * 1/257, so we need to adjust the permitted errors appropriately:
 | |
|           * Notice that this is only relevant prior to the addition of the
 | |
|           * png_set_scale_16 API in 1.5.4 (but 1.5.4+ always defines the above!)
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             PNG_CONST double d = (255-128.5)/65535;
 | |
|             that->rede += d;
 | |
|             that->greene += d;
 | |
|             that->bluee += d;
 | |
|             that->alphae += d;
 | |
|          }
 | |
| #     endif
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_strip_16_add(image_transform *this,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(colour_type)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next = *that;
 | |
|    *that = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return bit_depth > 8;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| IT(strip_16);
 | |
| #undef PT
 | |
| #define PT ITSTRUCT(strip_16)
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_STRIP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED
 | |
| /* png_set_strip_alpha */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_strip_alpha_set(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_set_strip_alpha(pp);
 | |
|    this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_strip_alpha_mod(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST transform_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
 | |
|       that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY;
 | |
|    else if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
 | |
|       that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    that->have_tRNS = 0;
 | |
|    that->alphaf = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_strip_alpha_add(image_transform *this,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(bit_depth)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next = *that;
 | |
|    *that = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) != 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| IT(strip_alpha);
 | |
| #undef PT
 | |
| #define PT ITSTRUCT(strip_alpha)
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_STRIP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED
 | |
| /* png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_structp, int err_action, double red, double green)
 | |
|  * png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed(png_structp, int err_action, png_fixed_point red,
 | |
|  *    png_fixed_point green)
 | |
|  * png_get_rgb_to_gray_status
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The 'default' test here uses values known to be used inside libpng:
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  *   red:    6968
 | |
|  *   green: 23434
 | |
|  *   blue:   2366
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * These values are being retained for compatibility, along with the somewhat
 | |
|  * broken truncation calculation in the fast-and-inaccurate code path.  Older
 | |
|  * versions of libpng will fail the accuracy tests below because they use the
 | |
|  * truncation algorithm everywhere.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #define data ITDATA(rgb_to_gray)
 | |
| static struct
 | |
| {
 | |
|    double gamma;      /* File gamma to use in processing */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The following are the parameters for png_set_rgb_to_gray: */
 | |
| #  ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       double red_to_set;
 | |
|       double green_to_set;
 | |
| #  else
 | |
|       png_fixed_point red_to_set;
 | |
|       png_fixed_point green_to_set;
 | |
| #  endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The actual coefficients: */
 | |
|    double red_coefficient;
 | |
|    double green_coefficient;
 | |
|    double blue_coefficient;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Set if the coeefficients have been overridden. */
 | |
|    int coefficients_overridden;
 | |
| } data;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #undef image_transform_ini
 | |
| #define image_transform_ini image_transform_png_set_rgb_to_gray_ini
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_rgb_to_gray_ini(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     transform_display *that)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_modifier *pm = that->pm;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST color_encoding *e = pm->current_encoding;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    UNUSED(this)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Since we check the encoding this flag must be set: */
 | |
|    pm->test_uses_encoding = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* If 'e' is not NULL chromaticity information is present and either a cHRM
 | |
|     * or an sRGB chunk will be inserted.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (e != 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Coefficients come from the encoding, but may need to be normalized to a
 | |
|        * white point Y of 1.0
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       PNG_CONST double whiteY = e->red.Y + e->green.Y + e->blue.Y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       data.red_coefficient = e->red.Y;
 | |
|       data.green_coefficient = e->green.Y;
 | |
|       data.blue_coefficient = e->blue.Y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (whiteY != 1)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          data.red_coefficient /= whiteY;
 | |
|          data.green_coefficient /= whiteY;
 | |
|          data.blue_coefficient /= whiteY;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* The default (built in) coeffcients, as above: */
 | |
|       data.red_coefficient = 6968 / 32768.;
 | |
|       data.green_coefficient = 23434 / 32768.;
 | |
|       data.blue_coefficient = 2366 / 32768.;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    data.gamma = pm->current_gamma;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* If not set then the calculations assume linear encoding (implicitly): */
 | |
|    if (data.gamma == 0)
 | |
|       data.gamma = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The arguments to png_set_rgb_to_gray can override the coefficients implied
 | |
|     * by the color space encoding.  If doing exhaustive checks do the override
 | |
|     * in each case, otherwise do it randomly.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (pm->test_exhaustive)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* First time in coefficients_overridden is 0, the following sets it to 1,
 | |
|        * so repeat if it is set.  If a test fails this may mean we subsequently
 | |
|        * skip a non-override test, ignore that.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       data.coefficients_overridden = !data.coefficients_overridden;
 | |
|       pm->repeat = data.coefficients_overridden != 0;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       data.coefficients_overridden = random_choice();
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (data.coefficients_overridden)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* These values override the color encoding defaults, simply use random
 | |
|        * numbers.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       png_uint_32 ru;
 | |
|       double total;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       RANDOMIZE(ru);
 | |
|       data.green_coefficient = total = (ru & 0xffff) / 65535.;
 | |
|       ru >>= 16;
 | |
|       data.red_coefficient = (1 - total) * (ru & 0xffff) / 65535.;
 | |
|       total += data.red_coefficient;
 | |
|       data.blue_coefficient = 1 - total;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #     ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|          data.red_to_set = data.red_coefficient;
 | |
|          data.green_to_set = data.green_coefficient;
 | |
| #     else
 | |
|          data.red_to_set = fix(data.red_coefficient);
 | |
|          data.green_to_set = fix(data.green_coefficient);
 | |
| #     endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The following just changes the error messages: */
 | |
|       pm->encoding_ignored = 1;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       data.red_to_set = -1;
 | |
|       data.green_to_set = -1;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Adjust the error limit in the png_modifier because of the larger errors
 | |
|     * produced in the digitization during the gamma handling.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (data.gamma != 1) /* Use gamma tables */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (that->this.bit_depth == 16 || pm->assume_16_bit_calculations)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* The 16 bit case ends up producing a maximum error of about
 | |
|           * +/-5 in 65535, allow for +/-8 with the given gamma.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          that->pm->limit += pow(8./65535, data.gamma);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* Rounding to 8 bits in the linear space causes massive errors which
 | |
|           * will trigger the error check in transform_range_check.  Fix that
 | |
|           * here by taking the gamma encoding into account.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          that->pm->limit += pow(1./255, data.gamma);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* With no gamma correction a large error comes from the truncation of the
 | |
|        * calculation in the 8 bit case, allow for that here.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (that->this.bit_depth != 16)
 | |
|          that->pm->limit += 4E-3;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_rgb_to_gray_set(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    PNG_CONST int error_action = 1; /* no error, no defines in png.h */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #  ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       png_set_rgb_to_gray(pp, error_action, data.red_to_set, data.green_to_set);
 | |
| #  else
 | |
|       png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed(pp, error_action, data.red_to_set,
 | |
|          data.green_to_set);
 | |
| #  endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #  ifdef PNG_READ_cHRM_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       if (that->pm->current_encoding != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* We have an encoding so a cHRM chunk may have been set; if so then
 | |
|           * check that the libpng APIs give the correct (X,Y,Z) values within
 | |
|           * some margin of error for the round trip through the chromaticity
 | |
|           * form.
 | |
|           */
 | |
| #        ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
 | |
| #           define API_function png_get_cHRM_XYZ
 | |
| #           define API_form "FP"
 | |
| #           define API_type double
 | |
| #           define API_cvt(x) (x)
 | |
| #        else
 | |
| #           define API_function png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed
 | |
| #           define API_form "fixed"
 | |
| #           define API_type png_fixed_point
 | |
| #           define API_cvt(x) ((double)(x)/PNG_FP_1)
 | |
| #        endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|          API_type rX, gX, bX;
 | |
|          API_type rY, gY, bY;
 | |
|          API_type rZ, gZ, bZ;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if ((API_function(pp, pi, &rX, &rY, &rZ, &gX, &gY, &gZ, &bX, &bY, &bZ)
 | |
|                & PNG_INFO_cHRM) != 0)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             double maxe;
 | |
|             PNG_CONST char *el;
 | |
|             color_encoding e, o;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Expect libpng to return a normalized result, but the original
 | |
|              * color space encoding may not be normalized.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             modifier_current_encoding(that->pm, &o);
 | |
|             normalize_color_encoding(&o);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Sanity check the pngvalid code - the coefficients should match
 | |
|              * the normalized Y values of the encoding unless they were
 | |
|              * overridden.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             if (data.red_to_set == -1 && data.green_to_set == -1 &&
 | |
|                (fabs(o.red.Y - data.red_coefficient) > DBL_EPSILON ||
 | |
|                fabs(o.green.Y - data.green_coefficient) > DBL_EPSILON ||
 | |
|                fabs(o.blue.Y - data.blue_coefficient) > DBL_EPSILON))
 | |
|                png_error(pp, "internal pngvalid cHRM coefficient error");
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Generate a colour space encoding. */
 | |
|             e.gamma = o.gamma; /* not used */
 | |
|             e.red.X = API_cvt(rX);
 | |
|             e.red.Y = API_cvt(rY);
 | |
|             e.red.Z = API_cvt(rZ);
 | |
|             e.green.X = API_cvt(gX);
 | |
|             e.green.Y = API_cvt(gY);
 | |
|             e.green.Z = API_cvt(gZ);
 | |
|             e.blue.X = API_cvt(bX);
 | |
|             e.blue.Y = API_cvt(bY);
 | |
|             e.blue.Z = API_cvt(bZ);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* This should match the original one from the png_modifier, within
 | |
|              * the range permitted by the libpng fixed point representation.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             maxe = 0;
 | |
|             el = "-"; /* Set to element name with error */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #           define CHECK(col,x)\
 | |
|             {\
 | |
|                double err = fabs(o.col.x - e.col.x);\
 | |
|                if (err > maxe)\
 | |
|                {\
 | |
|                   maxe = err;\
 | |
|                   el = #col "(" #x ")";\
 | |
|                }\
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             CHECK(red,X)
 | |
|             CHECK(red,Y)
 | |
|             CHECK(red,Z)
 | |
|             CHECK(green,X)
 | |
|             CHECK(green,Y)
 | |
|             CHECK(green,Z)
 | |
|             CHECK(blue,X)
 | |
|             CHECK(blue,Y)
 | |
|             CHECK(blue,Z)
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Here in both fixed and floating cases to check the values read
 | |
|              * from the cHRm chunk.  PNG uses fixed point in the cHRM chunk, so
 | |
|              * we can't expect better than +/-.5E-5 on the result, allow 1E-5.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             if (maxe >= 1E-5)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                size_t pos = 0;
 | |
|                char buffer[256];
 | |
| 
 | |
|                pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, API_form);
 | |
|                pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, " cHRM ");
 | |
|                pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, el);
 | |
|                pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, " error: ");
 | |
|                pos = safecatd(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, maxe, 7);
 | |
|                pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, " ");
 | |
|                /* Print the color space without the gamma value: */
 | |
|                pos = safecat_color_encoding(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, &o, 0);
 | |
|                pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, " -> ");
 | |
|                pos = safecat_color_encoding(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, &e, 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|                png_error(pp, buffer);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #  endif /* READ_cHRM */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_rgb_to_gray_mod(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST transform_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if ((that->colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) != 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       double gray, err;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|          image_pixel_convert_PLTE(that);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Image now has RGB channels... */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          PNG_CONST png_modifier *pm = display->pm;
 | |
|          PNG_CONST unsigned int sample_depth = that->sample_depth;
 | |
|          int isgray;
 | |
|          double r, g, b;
 | |
|          double rlo, rhi, glo, ghi, blo, bhi, graylo, grayhi;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Do this using interval arithmetic, otherwise it is too difficult to
 | |
|           * handle the errors correctly.
 | |
|           *
 | |
|           * To handle the gamma correction work out the upper and lower bounds
 | |
|           * of the digitized value.  Assume rounding here - normally the values
 | |
|           * will be identical after this operation if there is only one
 | |
|           * transform, feel free to delete the png_error checks on this below in
 | |
|           * the future (this is just me trying to ensure it works!)
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          r = rlo = rhi = that->redf;
 | |
|          rlo -= that->rede;
 | |
|          rlo = digitize(pm, rlo, sample_depth, 1/*round*/);
 | |
|          rhi += that->rede;
 | |
|          rhi = digitize(pm, rhi, sample_depth, 1/*round*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          g = glo = ghi = that->greenf;
 | |
|          glo -= that->greene;
 | |
|          glo = digitize(pm, glo, sample_depth, 1/*round*/);
 | |
|          ghi += that->greene;
 | |
|          ghi = digitize(pm, ghi, sample_depth, 1/*round*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          b = blo = bhi = that->bluef;
 | |
|          blo -= that->bluee;
 | |
|          blo = digitize(pm, blo, sample_depth, 1/*round*/);
 | |
|          bhi += that->greene;
 | |
|          bhi = digitize(pm, bhi, sample_depth, 1/*round*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          isgray = r==g && g==b;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (data.gamma != 1)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             PNG_CONST double power = 1/data.gamma;
 | |
|             PNG_CONST double abse = abserr(pm, sample_depth, sample_depth);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* 'abse' is the absolute error permitted in linear calculations. It
 | |
|              * is used here to capture the error permitted in the handling
 | |
|              * (undoing) of the gamma encoding.  Once again digitization occurs
 | |
|              * to handle the upper and lower bounds of the values.  This is
 | |
|              * where the real errors are introduced.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             r = pow(r, power);
 | |
|             rlo = digitize(pm, pow(rlo, power)-abse, sample_depth, 1);
 | |
|             rhi = digitize(pm, pow(rhi, power)+abse, sample_depth, 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             g = pow(g, power);
 | |
|             glo = digitize(pm, pow(glo, power)-abse, sample_depth, 1);
 | |
|             ghi = digitize(pm, pow(ghi, power)+abse, sample_depth, 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             b = pow(b, power);
 | |
|             blo = digitize(pm, pow(blo, power)-abse, sample_depth, 1);
 | |
|             bhi = digitize(pm, pow(bhi, power)+abse, sample_depth, 1);
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Now calculate the actual gray values.  Although the error in the
 | |
|           * coefficients depends on whether they were specified on the command
 | |
|           * line (in which case truncation to 15 bits happened) or not (rounding
 | |
|           * was used) the maxium error in an individual coefficient is always
 | |
|           * 1/32768, because even in the rounding case the requirement that
 | |
|           * coefficients add up to 32768 can cause a larger rounding error.
 | |
|           *
 | |
|           * The only time when rounding doesn't occur in 1.5.5 and later is when
 | |
|           * the non-gamma code path is used for less than 16 bit data.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          gray = r * data.red_coefficient + g * data.green_coefficient +
 | |
|             b * data.blue_coefficient;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             PNG_CONST int do_round = data.gamma != 1 || sample_depth == 16;
 | |
|             PNG_CONST double ce = 1. / 32768;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             graylo = digitize(pm, rlo * (data.red_coefficient-ce) +
 | |
|                glo * (data.green_coefficient-ce) +
 | |
|                blo * (data.blue_coefficient-ce), sample_depth, do_round);
 | |
|             if (graylo <= 0)
 | |
|                graylo = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             grayhi = digitize(pm, rhi * (data.red_coefficient+ce) +
 | |
|                ghi * (data.green_coefficient+ce) +
 | |
|                bhi * (data.blue_coefficient+ce), sample_depth, do_round);
 | |
|             if (grayhi >= 1)
 | |
|                grayhi = 1;
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* And invert the gamma. */
 | |
|          if (data.gamma != 1)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             PNG_CONST double power = data.gamma;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             gray = pow(gray, power);
 | |
|             graylo = digitize(pm, pow(graylo, power), sample_depth, 1);
 | |
|             grayhi = digitize(pm, pow(grayhi, power), sample_depth, 1);
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Now the error can be calculated.
 | |
|           *
 | |
|           * If r==g==b because there is no overall gamma correction libpng
 | |
|           * currently preserves the original value.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          if (isgray)
 | |
|             err = (that->rede + that->greene + that->bluee)/3;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             err = fabs(grayhi-gray);
 | |
|             if (fabs(gray - graylo) > err)
 | |
|                err = fabs(graylo-gray);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Check that this worked: */
 | |
|             if (err > display->pm->limit)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                size_t pos = 0;
 | |
|                char buffer[128];
 | |
| 
 | |
|                pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, "rgb_to_gray error ");
 | |
|                pos = safecatd(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, err, 6);
 | |
|                pos = safecat(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos, " exceeds limit ");
 | |
|                pos = safecatd(buffer, sizeof buffer, pos,
 | |
|                   display->pm->limit, 6);
 | |
|                png_error(pp, buffer);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       that->bluef = that->greenf = that->redf = gray;
 | |
|       that->bluee = that->greene = that->rede = err;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The sBIT is the minium of the three colour channel sBITs. */
 | |
|       if (that->red_sBIT > that->green_sBIT)
 | |
|          that->red_sBIT = that->green_sBIT;
 | |
|       if (that->red_sBIT > that->blue_sBIT)
 | |
|          that->red_sBIT = that->blue_sBIT;
 | |
|       that->blue_sBIT = that->green_sBIT = that->red_sBIT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* And remove the colour bit in the type: */
 | |
|       if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB)
 | |
|          that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY;
 | |
|       else if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
 | |
|          that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_rgb_to_gray_add(image_transform *this,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform **that, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    UNUSED(bit_depth)
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next = *that;
 | |
|    *that = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) != 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #undef data
 | |
| IT(rgb_to_gray);
 | |
| #undef PT
 | |
| #define PT ITSTRUCT(rgb_to_gray)
 | |
| #undef image_transform_ini
 | |
| #define image_transform_ini image_transform_default_ini
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED
 | |
| /* png_set_background(png_structp, png_const_color_16p background_color,
 | |
|  *    int background_gamma_code, int need_expand, double background_gamma)
 | |
|  * png_set_background_fixed(png_structp, png_const_color_16p background_color,
 | |
|  *    int background_gamma_code, int need_expand,
 | |
|  *    png_fixed_point background_gamma)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * As with rgb_to_gray this ignores the gamma (at present.)
 | |
| */
 | |
| #define data ITDATA(background)
 | |
| static image_pixel data;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_background_set(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_byte colour_type, bit_depth;
 | |
|    png_byte random_bytes[8]; /* 8 bytes - 64 bits - the biggest pixel */
 | |
|    png_color_16 back;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* We need a background colour, because we don't know exactly what transforms
 | |
|     * have been set we have to supply the colour in the original file format and
 | |
|     * so we need to know what that is!  The background colour is stored in the
 | |
|     * transform_display.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    RANDOMIZE(random_bytes);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Read the random value, for colour type 3 the background colour is actually
 | |
|     * expressed as a 24bit rgb, not an index.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    colour_type = that->this.colour_type;
 | |
|    if (colour_type == 3)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB;
 | |
|       bit_depth = 8;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       bit_depth = that->this.bit_depth;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    image_pixel_init(&data, random_bytes, colour_type,
 | |
|       bit_depth, 0/*x*/, 0/*unused: palette*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Extract the background colour from this image_pixel, but make sure the
 | |
|     * unused fields of 'back' are garbage.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    RANDOMIZE(back);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       back.red = (png_uint_16)data.red;
 | |
|       back.green = (png_uint_16)data.green;
 | |
|       back.blue = (png_uint_16)data.blue;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       back.gray = (png_uint_16)data.red;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #  ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       png_set_background(pp, &back, PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, 1/*need expand*/,
 | |
|          0);
 | |
| #  else
 | |
|       png_set_background_fixed(pp, &back, PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE,
 | |
|          1/*need expand*/, 0);
 | |
| #  endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_background_mod(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST transform_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Check for tRNS first: */
 | |
|    if (that->have_tRNS && that->colour_type != PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
 | |
|       image_pixel_add_alpha(that, &display->this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This is only necessary if the alpha value is less than 1. */
 | |
|    if (that->alphaf < 1)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Now we do the background calculation without any gamma correction. */
 | |
|       if (that->alphaf <= 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          that->redf = data.redf;
 | |
|          that->greenf = data.greenf;
 | |
|          that->bluef = data.bluef;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          that->rede = data.rede;
 | |
|          that->greene = data.greene;
 | |
|          that->bluee = data.bluee;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          that->red_sBIT= data.red_sBIT;
 | |
|          that->green_sBIT= data.green_sBIT;
 | |
|          that->blue_sBIT= data.blue_sBIT;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else /* 0 < alpha < 1 */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          double alf = 1 - that->alphaf;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          that->redf = that->redf * that->alphaf + data.redf * alf;
 | |
|          that->rede = that->rede * that->alphaf + data.rede * alf +
 | |
|             DBL_EPSILON;
 | |
|          that->greenf = that->greenf * that->alphaf + data.greenf * alf;
 | |
|          that->greene = that->greene * that->alphaf + data.greene * alf +
 | |
|             DBL_EPSILON;
 | |
|          that->bluef = that->bluef * that->alphaf + data.bluef * alf;
 | |
|          that->bluee = that->bluee * that->alphaf + data.bluee * alf +
 | |
|             DBL_EPSILON;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Remove the alpha type and set the alpha (not in that order.) */
 | |
|       that->alphaf = 1;
 | |
|       that->alphae = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
 | |
|          that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB;
 | |
|       else if (that->colour_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
 | |
|          that->colour_type = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY;
 | |
|       /* PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE is not changed */
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define image_transform_png_set_background_add image_transform_default_add
 | |
| 
 | |
| #undef data
 | |
| IT(background);
 | |
| #undef PT
 | |
| #define PT ITSTRUCT(background)
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This may just be 'end' if all the transforms are disabled! */
 | |
| static image_transform *PNG_CONST image_transform_first = &PT;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| transform_enable(PNG_CONST char *name)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Everything starts out enabled, so if we see an 'enable' disabled
 | |
|     * everything else the first time round.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    static int all_disabled = 0;
 | |
|    int found_it = 0;
 | |
|    image_transform *list = image_transform_first;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    while (list != &image_transform_end)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (strcmp(list->name, name) == 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          list->enable = 1;
 | |
|          found_it = 1;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else if (!all_disabled)
 | |
|          list->enable = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       list = list->list;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    all_disabled = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!found_it)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: --transform-enable=%s: unknown transform\n",
 | |
|          name);
 | |
|       exit(1);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| transform_disable(PNG_CONST char *name)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    image_transform *list = image_transform_first;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    while (list != &image_transform_end)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (strcmp(list->name, name) == 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          list->enable = 0;
 | |
|          return;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       list = list->list;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: --transform-disable=%s: unknown transform\n",
 | |
|       name);
 | |
|    exit(1);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_reset_count(void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    image_transform *next = image_transform_first;
 | |
|    int count = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    while (next != &image_transform_end)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       next->local_use = 0;
 | |
|       next->next = 0;
 | |
|       next = next->list;
 | |
|       ++count;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This can only happen if we every have more than 32 transforms (excluding
 | |
|     * the end) in the list.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (count > 32) abort();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| image_transform_test_counter(png_uint_32 counter, unsigned int max)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Test the list to see if there is any point contining, given a current
 | |
|     * counter and a 'max' value.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    image_transform *next = image_transform_first;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    while (next != &image_transform_end)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* For max 0 or 1 continue until the counter overflows: */
 | |
|       counter >>= 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Continue if any entry hasn't reacked the max. */
 | |
|       if (max > 1 && next->local_use < max)
 | |
|          return 1;
 | |
|       next = next->list;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return max <= 1 && counter == 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static png_uint_32
 | |
| image_transform_add(PNG_CONST image_transform **this, unsigned int max,
 | |
|    png_uint_32 counter, char *name, size_t sizeof_name, size_t *pos,
 | |
|    png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    for (;;) /* until we manage to add something */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_uint_32 mask;
 | |
|       image_transform *list;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Find the next counter value, if the counter is zero this is the start
 | |
|        * of the list.  This routine always returns the current counter (not the
 | |
|        * next) so it returns 0 at the end and expects 0 at the beginning.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (counter == 0) /* first time */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          image_transform_reset_count();
 | |
|          if (max <= 1)
 | |
|             counter = 1;
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             counter = random_32();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else /* advance the counter */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          switch (max)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             case 0:  ++counter; break;
 | |
|             case 1:  counter <<= 1; break;
 | |
|             default: counter = random_32(); break;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Now add all these items, if possible */
 | |
|       *this = &image_transform_end;
 | |
|       list = image_transform_first;
 | |
|       mask = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Go through the whole list adding anything that the counter selects: */
 | |
|       while (list != &image_transform_end)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if ((counter & mask) != 0 && list->enable &&
 | |
|              (max == 0 || list->local_use < max))
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             /* Candidate to add: */
 | |
|             if (list->add(list, this, colour_type, bit_depth) || max == 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                /* Added, so add to the name too. */
 | |
|                *pos = safecat(name, sizeof_name, *pos, " +");
 | |
|                *pos = safecat(name, sizeof_name, *pos, list->name);
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             else
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                /* Not useful and max>0, so remove it from *this: */
 | |
|                *this = list->next;
 | |
|                list->next = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|                /* And, since we know it isn't useful, stop it being added again
 | |
|                 * in this run:
 | |
|                 */
 | |
|                list->local_use = max;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          mask <<= 1;
 | |
|          list = list->list;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Now if anything was added we have something to do. */
 | |
|       if (*this != &image_transform_end)
 | |
|          return counter;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Nothing added, but was there anything in there to add? */
 | |
|       if (!image_transform_test_counter(counter, max))
 | |
|          return 0;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef THIS_IS_THE_PROFORMA
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_@_set(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     transform_display *that, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_set_@(pp);
 | |
|    this->next->set(this->next, that, pp, pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_@_mod(PNG_CONST image_transform *this,
 | |
|     image_pixel *that, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST transform_display *display)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    this->next->mod(this->next, that, pp, display);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| image_transform_png_set_@_add(image_transform *this,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST image_transform **that, char *name, size_t sizeof_name,
 | |
|     size_t *pos, png_byte colour_type, png_byte bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    this->next = *that;
 | |
|    *that = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    *pos = safecat(name, sizeof_name, *pos, " +@");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| IT(@);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* png_set_quantize(png_structp, png_colorp palette, int num_palette,
 | |
|  *    int maximum_colors, png_const_uint_16p histogram, int full_quantize)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Very difficult to validate this!
 | |
|  */
 | |
| /*NOTE: TBD NYI */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The data layout transforms are handled by swapping our own channel data,
 | |
|  * necessarily these need to happen at the end of the transform list because the
 | |
|  * semantic of the channels changes after these are executed.  Some of these,
 | |
|  * like set_shift and set_packing, can't be done at present because they change
 | |
|  * the layout of the data at the sub-sample level so sample() won't get the
 | |
|  * right answer.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| /* png_set_invert_alpha */
 | |
| /*NOTE: TBD NYI */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* png_set_bgr */
 | |
| /*NOTE: TBD NYI */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* png_set_swap_alpha */
 | |
| /*NOTE: TBD NYI */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* png_set_swap */
 | |
| /*NOTE: TBD NYI */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* png_set_filler, (png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 filler, int flags)); */
 | |
| /*NOTE: TBD NYI */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* png_set_add_alpha, (png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 filler, int flags)); */
 | |
| /*NOTE: TBD NYI */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* png_set_packing */
 | |
| /*NOTE: TBD NYI */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* png_set_packswap */
 | |
| /*NOTE: TBD NYI */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* png_set_invert_mono */
 | |
| /*NOTE: TBD NYI */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* png_set_shift(png_structp, png_const_color_8p true_bits) */
 | |
| /*NOTE: TBD NYI */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| perform_transform_test(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_byte colour_type = 0;
 | |
|    png_byte bit_depth = 0;
 | |
|    unsigned int palette_number = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    while (next_format(&colour_type, &bit_depth, &palette_number))
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_uint_32 counter = 0;
 | |
|       size_t base_pos;
 | |
|       char name[64];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       base_pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, 0, "transform:");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (;;)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          size_t pos = base_pos;
 | |
|          PNG_CONST image_transform *list = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* 'max' is currently hardwired to '1'; this should be settable on the
 | |
|           * command line.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          counter = image_transform_add(&list, 1/*max*/, counter,
 | |
|             name, sizeof name, &pos, colour_type, bit_depth);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (counter == 0)
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* The command line can change this to checking interlaced images. */
 | |
|          do
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             pm->repeat = 0;
 | |
|             transform_test(pm, FILEID(colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number,
 | |
|                pm->interlace_type, 0, 0, 0), list, name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (fail(pm))
 | |
|                return;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|          while (pm->repeat);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /********************************* GAMMA TESTS ********************************/
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED
 | |
| /* Reader callbacks and implementations, where they differ from the standard
 | |
|  * ones.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| typedef struct gamma_display
 | |
| {
 | |
|    standard_display this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Parameters */
 | |
|    png_modifier*    pm;
 | |
|    double           file_gamma;
 | |
|    double           screen_gamma;
 | |
|    double           background_gamma;
 | |
|    png_byte         sbit;
 | |
|    int              threshold_test;
 | |
|    int              use_input_precision;
 | |
|    int              scale16;
 | |
|    int              expand16;
 | |
|    int              do_background;
 | |
|    png_color_16     background_color;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Local variables */
 | |
|    double       maxerrout;
 | |
|    double       maxerrpc;
 | |
|    double       maxerrabs;
 | |
| } gamma_display;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET 4
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gamma_display_init(gamma_display *dp, png_modifier *pm, png_uint_32 id,
 | |
|     double file_gamma, double screen_gamma, png_byte sbit, int threshold_test,
 | |
|     int use_input_precision, int scale16, int expand16,
 | |
|     int do_background, PNG_CONST png_color_16 *pointer_to_the_background_color,
 | |
|     double background_gamma)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Standard fields */
 | |
|    standard_display_init(&dp->this, &pm->this, id, 0/*do_interlace*/,
 | |
|       pm->use_update_info);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Parameter fields */
 | |
|    dp->pm = pm;
 | |
|    dp->file_gamma = file_gamma;
 | |
|    dp->screen_gamma = screen_gamma;
 | |
|    dp->background_gamma = background_gamma;
 | |
|    dp->sbit = sbit;
 | |
|    dp->threshold_test = threshold_test;
 | |
|    dp->use_input_precision = use_input_precision;
 | |
|    dp->scale16 = scale16;
 | |
|    dp->expand16 = expand16;
 | |
|    dp->do_background = do_background;
 | |
|    if (do_background && pointer_to_the_background_color != 0)
 | |
|       dp->background_color = *pointer_to_the_background_color;
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       memset(&dp->background_color, 0, sizeof dp->background_color);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Local variable fields */
 | |
|    dp->maxerrout = dp->maxerrpc = dp->maxerrabs = 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gamma_info_imp(gamma_display *dp, png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Reuse the standard stuff as appropriate. */
 | |
|    standard_info_part1(&dp->this, pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* If requested strip 16 to 8 bits - this is handled automagically below
 | |
|     * because the output bit depth is read from the library.  Note that there
 | |
|     * are interactions with sBIT but, internally, libpng makes sbit at most
 | |
|     * PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8 when doing the following.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (dp->scale16)
 | |
| #     ifdef PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED
 | |
|          png_set_scale_16(pp);
 | |
| #     else
 | |
|          /* The following works both in 1.5.4 and earlier versions: */
 | |
| #        ifdef PNG_READ_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED
 | |
|             png_set_strip_16(pp);
 | |
| #        else
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "scale16 (16 to 8 bit conversion) not supported");
 | |
| #        endif
 | |
| #     endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (dp->expand16)
 | |
| #     ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED
 | |
|          png_set_expand_16(pp);
 | |
| #     else
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "expand16 (8 to 16 bit conversion) not supported");
 | |
| #     endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (dp->do_background >= ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET)
 | |
|    {
 | |
| #     ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* This tests the alpha mode handling, if supported. */
 | |
|          int mode = dp->do_background - ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* The gamma value is the output gamma, and is in the standard,
 | |
|           * non-inverted, represenation.  It provides a default for the PNG file
 | |
|           * gamma, but since the file has a gAMA chunk this does not matter.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          PNG_CONST double sg = dp->screen_gamma;
 | |
| #        ifndef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|             PNG_CONST png_fixed_point g = fix(sg);
 | |
| #        endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #        ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|             png_set_alpha_mode(pp, mode, sg);
 | |
| #        else
 | |
|             png_set_alpha_mode_fixed(pp, mode, g);
 | |
| #        endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* However, for the standard Porter-Duff algorithm the output defaults
 | |
|           * to be linear, so if the test requires non-linear output it must be
 | |
|           * corrected here.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          if (mode == PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD && sg != 1)
 | |
|          {
 | |
| #           ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|                png_set_gamma(pp, sg, dp->file_gamma);
 | |
| #           else
 | |
|                png_fixed_point f = fix(dp->file_gamma);
 | |
|                png_set_gamma_fixed(pp, g, f);
 | |
| #           endif
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #     else
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "alpha mode handling not supported");
 | |
| #     endif
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Set up gamma processing. */
 | |
| #     ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|          png_set_gamma(pp, dp->screen_gamma, dp->file_gamma);
 | |
| #     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          png_fixed_point s = fix(dp->screen_gamma);
 | |
|          png_fixed_point f = fix(dp->file_gamma);
 | |
|          png_set_gamma_fixed(pp, s, f);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #     endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (dp->do_background)
 | |
|       {
 | |
| #     ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED
 | |
|          /* NOTE: this assumes the caller provided the correct background gamma!
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          PNG_CONST double bg = dp->background_gamma;
 | |
| #        ifndef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|             PNG_CONST png_fixed_point g = fix(bg);
 | |
| #        endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #        ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
 | |
|             png_set_background(pp, &dp->background_color, dp->do_background,
 | |
|                0/*need_expand*/, bg);
 | |
| #        else
 | |
|             png_set_background_fixed(pp, &dp->background_color,
 | |
|                dp->do_background, 0/*need_expand*/, g);
 | |
| #        endif
 | |
| #     else
 | |
|          png_error(pp, "png_set_background not supported");
 | |
| #     endif
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int i = dp->this.use_update_info;
 | |
|       /* Always do one call, even if use_update_info is 0. */
 | |
|       do
 | |
|          png_read_update_info(pp, pi);
 | |
|       while (--i > 0);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Now we may get a different cbRow: */
 | |
|    standard_info_part2(&dp->this, pp, pi, 1 /*images*/);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gamma_info(png_structp pp, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    gamma_info_imp(voidcast(gamma_display*, png_get_progressive_ptr(pp)), pp,
 | |
|       pi);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Validate a single component value - the routine gets the input and output
 | |
|  * sample values as unscaled PNG component values along with a cache of all the
 | |
|  * information required to validate the values.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| typedef struct validate_info
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_const_structp  pp;
 | |
|    gamma_display *dp;
 | |
|    png_byte sbit;
 | |
|    int use_input_precision;
 | |
|    int do_background;
 | |
|    int scale16;
 | |
|    unsigned int sbit_max;
 | |
|    unsigned int isbit_shift;
 | |
|    unsigned int outmax;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    double gamma_correction; /* Overall correction required. */
 | |
|    double file_inverse;     /* Inverse of file gamma. */
 | |
|    double screen_gamma;
 | |
|    double screen_inverse;   /* Inverse of screen gamma. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    double background_red;   /* Linear background value, red or gray. */
 | |
|    double background_green;
 | |
|    double background_blue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    double maxabs;
 | |
|    double maxpc;
 | |
|    double maxcalc;
 | |
|    double maxout;
 | |
|    double maxout_total;     /* Total including quantization error */
 | |
|    double outlog;
 | |
|    int    outquant;
 | |
| }
 | |
| validate_info;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| init_validate_info(validate_info *vi, gamma_display *dp, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|     int in_depth, int out_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    PNG_CONST unsigned int outmax = (1U<<out_depth)-1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    vi->pp = pp;
 | |
|    vi->dp = dp;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (dp->sbit > 0 && dp->sbit < in_depth)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       vi->sbit = dp->sbit;
 | |
|       vi->isbit_shift = in_depth - dp->sbit;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       vi->sbit = (png_byte)in_depth;
 | |
|       vi->isbit_shift = 0;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    vi->sbit_max = (1U << vi->sbit)-1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This mimics the libpng threshold test, '0' is used to prevent gamma
 | |
|     * correction in the validation test.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    vi->screen_gamma = dp->screen_gamma;
 | |
|    if (fabs(vi->screen_gamma-1) < PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD)
 | |
|       vi->screen_gamma = vi->screen_inverse = 0;
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       vi->screen_inverse = 1/vi->screen_gamma;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    vi->use_input_precision = dp->use_input_precision;
 | |
|    vi->outmax = outmax;
 | |
|    vi->maxabs = abserr(dp->pm, in_depth, out_depth);
 | |
|    vi->maxpc = pcerr(dp->pm, in_depth, out_depth);
 | |
|    vi->maxcalc = calcerr(dp->pm, in_depth, out_depth);
 | |
|    vi->maxout = outerr(dp->pm, in_depth, out_depth);
 | |
|    vi->outquant = output_quantization_factor(dp->pm, in_depth, out_depth);
 | |
|    vi->maxout_total = vi->maxout + vi->outquant * .5;
 | |
|    vi->outlog = outlog(dp->pm, in_depth, out_depth);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if ((dp->this.colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) != 0 ||
 | |
|       (dp->this.colour_type == 3 && dp->this.is_transparent))
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       vi->do_background = dp->do_background;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (vi->do_background != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          PNG_CONST double bg_inverse = 1/dp->background_gamma;
 | |
|          double r, g, b;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Caller must at least put the gray value into the red channel */
 | |
|          r = dp->background_color.red; r /= outmax;
 | |
|          g = dp->background_color.green; g /= outmax;
 | |
|          b = dp->background_color.blue; b /= outmax;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #     if 0
 | |
|          /* libpng doesn't do this optimization, if we do pngvalid will fail.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          if (fabs(bg_inverse-1) >= PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD)
 | |
| #     endif
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             r = pow(r, bg_inverse);
 | |
|             g = pow(g, bg_inverse);
 | |
|             b = pow(b, bg_inverse);
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          vi->background_red = r;
 | |
|          vi->background_green = g;
 | |
|          vi->background_blue = b;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       vi->do_background = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (vi->do_background == 0)
 | |
|       vi->background_red = vi->background_green = vi->background_blue = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    vi->gamma_correction = 1/(dp->file_gamma*dp->screen_gamma);
 | |
|    if (fabs(vi->gamma_correction-1) < PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD)
 | |
|       vi->gamma_correction = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    vi->file_inverse = 1/dp->file_gamma;
 | |
|    if (fabs(vi->file_inverse-1) < PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD)
 | |
|       vi->file_inverse = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    vi->scale16 = dp->scale16;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function handles composition of a single non-alpha component.  The
 | |
|  * argument is the input sample value, in the range 0..1, and the alpha value.
 | |
|  * The result is the composed, linear, input sample.  If alpha is less than zero
 | |
|  * this is the alpha component and the function should not be called!
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static double
 | |
| gamma_component_compose(int do_background, double input_sample, double alpha,
 | |
|    double background, int *compose)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    switch (do_background)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN:
 | |
|       case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE:
 | |
|       case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE:
 | |
|          /* Standard PNG background processing. */
 | |
|          if (alpha < 1)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             if (alpha > 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                input_sample = input_sample * alpha + background * (1-alpha);
 | |
|                if (compose != NULL)
 | |
|                   *compose = 1;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             else
 | |
|                input_sample = background;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|          break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD:
 | |
|       case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN:
 | |
|          /* The components are premultiplied in either case and the output is
 | |
|           * gamma encoded (to get standard Porter-Duff we expect the output
 | |
|           * gamma to be set to 1.0!)
 | |
|           */
 | |
|       case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED:
 | |
|          /* The optimization is that the partial-alpha entries are linear
 | |
|           * while the opaque pixels are gamma encoded, but this only affects the
 | |
|           * output encoding.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          if (alpha < 1)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             if (alpha > 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                input_sample *= alpha;
 | |
|                if (compose != NULL)
 | |
|                   *compose = 1;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             else
 | |
|                input_sample = 0;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|          break;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|          /* Standard cases where no compositing is done (so the component
 | |
|           * value is already correct.)
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          break;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return input_sample;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This API returns the encoded *input* component, in the range 0..1 */
 | |
| static double
 | |
| gamma_component_validate(PNG_CONST char *name, PNG_CONST validate_info *vi,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST unsigned int id, PNG_CONST unsigned int od,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST double alpha /* <0 for the alpha channel itself */,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST double background /* component background value */)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    PNG_CONST unsigned int isbit = id >> vi->isbit_shift;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST unsigned int sbit_max = vi->sbit_max;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST unsigned int outmax = vi->outmax;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST int do_background = vi->do_background;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    double i;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* First check on the 'perfect' result obtained from the digitized input
 | |
|     * value, id, and compare this against the actual digitized result, 'od'.
 | |
|     * 'i' is the input result in the range 0..1:
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    i = isbit; i /= sbit_max;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Check for the fast route: if we don't do any background composition or if
 | |
|     * this is the alpha channel ('alpha' < 0) or if the pixel is opaque then
 | |
|     * just use the gamma_correction field to correct to the final output gamma.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (alpha == 1 /* opaque pixel component */ || !do_background
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       || do_background == ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_PNG
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       || (alpha < 0 /* alpha channel */
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       && do_background != ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       ))
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Then get the gamma corrected version of 'i' and compare to 'od', any
 | |
|        * error less than .5 is insignificant - just quantization of the output
 | |
|        * value to the nearest digital value (nevertheless the error is still
 | |
|        * recorded - it's interesting ;-)
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       double encoded_sample = i;
 | |
|       double encoded_error;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* alpha less than 0 indicates the alpha channel, which is always linear
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (alpha >= 0 && vi->gamma_correction > 0)
 | |
|          encoded_sample = pow(encoded_sample, vi->gamma_correction);
 | |
|       encoded_sample *= outmax;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       encoded_error = fabs(od-encoded_sample);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (encoded_error > vi->dp->maxerrout)
 | |
|          vi->dp->maxerrout = encoded_error;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (encoded_error < vi->maxout_total && encoded_error < vi->outlog)
 | |
|          return i;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The slow route - attempt to do linear calculations. */
 | |
|    /* There may be an error, or background processing is required, so calculate
 | |
|     * the actual sample values - unencoded light intensity values.  Note that in
 | |
|     * practice these are not completely unencoded because they include a
 | |
|     * 'viewing correction' to decrease or (normally) increase the perceptual
 | |
|     * contrast of the image.  There's nothing we can do about this - we don't
 | |
|     * know what it is - so assume the unencoded value is perceptually linear.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       double input_sample = i; /* In range 0..1 */
 | |
|       double output, error, encoded_sample, encoded_error;
 | |
|       double es_lo, es_hi;
 | |
|       int compose = 0;           /* Set to one if composition done */
 | |
|       int output_is_encoded;     /* Set if encoded to screen gamma */
 | |
|       int log_max_error = 1;     /* Check maximum error values */
 | |
|       png_const_charp pass = 0;  /* Reason test passes (or 0 for fail) */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Convert to linear light (with the above caveat.)  The alpha channel is
 | |
|        * already linear.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (alpha >= 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          int tcompose;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (vi->file_inverse > 0)
 | |
|             input_sample = pow(input_sample, vi->file_inverse);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Handle the compose processing: */
 | |
|          tcompose = 0;
 | |
|          input_sample = gamma_component_compose(do_background, input_sample,
 | |
|             alpha, background, &tcompose);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (tcompose)
 | |
|             compose = 1;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* And similarly for the output value, but we need to check the background
 | |
|        * handling to linearize it correctly.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       output = od;
 | |
|       output /= outmax;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       output_is_encoded = vi->screen_gamma > 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (alpha < 0) /* The alpha channel */
 | |
|       {
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED
 | |
|          if (do_background != ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             /* In all other cases the output alpha channel is linear already,
 | |
|              * don't log errors here, they are much larger in linear data.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             output_is_encoded = 0;
 | |
|             log_max_error = 0;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       else /* A component */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (do_background == ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED &&
 | |
|             alpha < 1) /* the optimized case - linear output */
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             if (alpha > 0) log_max_error = 0;
 | |
|             output_is_encoded = 0;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (output_is_encoded)
 | |
|          output = pow(output, vi->screen_gamma);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Calculate (or recalculate) the encoded_sample value and repeat the
 | |
|        * check above (unnecessary if we took the fast route, but harmless.)
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       encoded_sample = input_sample;
 | |
|       if (output_is_encoded)
 | |
|          encoded_sample = pow(encoded_sample, vi->screen_inverse);
 | |
|       encoded_sample *= outmax;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       encoded_error = fabs(od-encoded_sample);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Don't log errors in the alpha channel, or the 'optimized' case,
 | |
|        * neither are significant to the overall perception.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (log_max_error && encoded_error > vi->dp->maxerrout)
 | |
|          vi->dp->maxerrout = encoded_error;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (encoded_error < vi->maxout_total)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (encoded_error < vi->outlog)
 | |
|             return i;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Test passed but error is bigger than the log limit, record why the
 | |
|           * test passed:
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          pass = "less than maxout:\n";
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* i: the original input value in the range 0..1
 | |
|        *
 | |
|        * pngvalid calculations:
 | |
|        *  input_sample: linear result; i linearized and composed, range 0..1
 | |
|        *  encoded_sample: encoded result; input_sample scaled to ouput bit depth
 | |
|        *
 | |
|        * libpng calculations:
 | |
|        *  output: linear result; od scaled to 0..1 and linearized
 | |
|        *  od: encoded result from libpng
 | |
|        */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Now we have the numbers for real errors, both absolute values as as a
 | |
|        * percentage of the correct value (output):
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       error = fabs(input_sample-output);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (log_max_error && error > vi->dp->maxerrabs)
 | |
|          vi->dp->maxerrabs = error;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The following is an attempt to ignore the tendency of quantization to
 | |
|        * dominate the percentage errors for lower result values:
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (log_max_error && input_sample > .5)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          double percentage_error = error/input_sample;
 | |
|          if (percentage_error > vi->dp->maxerrpc)
 | |
|             vi->dp->maxerrpc = percentage_error;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Now calculate the digitization limits for 'encoded_sample' using the
 | |
|        * 'max' values.  Note that maxout is in the encoded space but maxpc and
 | |
|        * maxabs are in linear light space.
 | |
|        *
 | |
|        * First find the maximum error in linear light space, range 0..1:
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          double tmp = input_sample * vi->maxpc;
 | |
|          if (tmp < vi->maxabs) tmp = vi->maxabs;
 | |
|          /* If 'compose' is true the composition was done in linear space using
 | |
|           * integer arithmetic.  This introduces an extra error of +/- 0.5 (at
 | |
|           * least) in the integer space used.  'maxcalc' records this, taking
 | |
|           * into account the possibility that even for 16 bit output 8 bit space
 | |
|           * may have been used.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          if (compose && tmp < vi->maxcalc) tmp = vi->maxcalc;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* The 'maxout' value refers to the encoded result, to compare with
 | |
|           * this encode input_sample adjusted by the maximum error (tmp) above.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          es_lo = encoded_sample - vi->maxout;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (es_lo > 0 && input_sample-tmp > 0)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             double low_value = input_sample-tmp;
 | |
|             if (output_is_encoded)
 | |
|                low_value = pow(low_value, vi->screen_inverse);
 | |
|             low_value *= outmax;
 | |
|             if (low_value < es_lo) es_lo = low_value;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Quantize this appropriately: */
 | |
|             es_lo = ceil(es_lo / vi->outquant - .5) * vi->outquant;
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             es_lo = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          es_hi = encoded_sample + vi->maxout;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (es_hi < outmax && input_sample+tmp < 1)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             double high_value = input_sample+tmp;
 | |
|             if (output_is_encoded)
 | |
|                high_value = pow(high_value, vi->screen_inverse);
 | |
|             high_value *= outmax;
 | |
|             if (high_value > es_hi) es_hi = high_value;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             es_hi = floor(es_hi / vi->outquant + .5) * vi->outquant;
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             es_hi = outmax;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The primary test is that the final encoded value returned by the
 | |
|        * library should be between the two limits (inclusive) that were
 | |
|        * calculated above.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (od >= es_lo && od <= es_hi)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* The value passes, but we may need to log the information anyway. */
 | |
|          if (encoded_error < vi->outlog)
 | |
|             return i;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (pass == 0)
 | |
|             pass = "within digitization limits:\n";
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* There has been an error in processing, or we need to log this
 | |
|           * value.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          double is_lo, is_hi;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* pass is set at this point if either of the tests above would have
 | |
|           * passed.  Don't do these additional tests here - just log the
 | |
|           * original [es_lo..es_hi] values.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          if (pass == 0 && vi->use_input_precision)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             /* Ok, something is wrong - this actually happens in current libpng
 | |
|              * 16-to-8 processing.  Assume that the input value (id, adjusted
 | |
|              * for sbit) can be anywhere between value-.5 and value+.5 - quite a
 | |
|              * large range if sbit is low.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             double tmp = (isbit - .5)/sbit_max;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (tmp <= 0)
 | |
|                tmp = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             else if (alpha >= 0 && vi->file_inverse > 0 && tmp < 1)
 | |
|                tmp = pow(tmp, vi->file_inverse);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             tmp = gamma_component_compose(do_background, tmp, alpha, background,
 | |
|                NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (output_is_encoded && tmp > 0 && tmp < 1)
 | |
|                tmp = pow(tmp, vi->screen_inverse);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             is_lo = ceil(outmax * tmp - vi->maxout_total);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (is_lo < 0)
 | |
|                is_lo = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             tmp = (isbit + .5)/sbit_max;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (tmp <= 0)
 | |
|                tmp = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             else if (alpha >= 0 && vi->file_inverse > 0 && tmp < 1)
 | |
|                tmp = pow(tmp, vi->file_inverse);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             tmp = gamma_component_compose(do_background, tmp, alpha, background,
 | |
|                NULL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (output_is_encoded && tmp > 0 && tmp < 1)
 | |
|                tmp = pow(tmp, vi->screen_inverse);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             is_hi = floor(outmax * tmp + vi->maxout_total);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (is_hi > outmax)
 | |
|                is_hi = outmax;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (!(od < is_lo || od > is_hi))
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                if (encoded_error < vi->outlog)
 | |
|                   return i;
 | |
| 
 | |
|                pass = "within input precision limits:\n";
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* One last chance.  If this is an alpha channel and the 16to8
 | |
|              * option has been used and 'inaccurate' scaling is used then the
 | |
|              * bit reduction is obtained by simply using the top 8 bits of the
 | |
|              * value.
 | |
|              *
 | |
|              * This is only done for older libpng versions when the 'inaccurate'
 | |
|              * (chop) method of scaling was used.
 | |
|              */
 | |
| #           ifndef PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED
 | |
| #              if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10504
 | |
|                   /* This may be required for other components in the future,
 | |
|                    * but at present the presence of gamma correction effectively
 | |
|                    * prevents the errors in the component scaling (I don't quite
 | |
|                    * understand why, but since it's better this way I care not
 | |
|                    * to ask, JB 20110419.)
 | |
|                    */
 | |
|                   if (pass == 0 && alpha < 0 && vi->scale16 && vi->sbit > 8 &&
 | |
|                      vi->sbit + vi->isbit_shift == 16)
 | |
|                   {
 | |
|                      tmp = ((id >> 8) - .5)/255;
 | |
| 
 | |
|                      if (tmp > 0)
 | |
|                      {
 | |
|                         is_lo = ceil(outmax * tmp - vi->maxout_total);
 | |
|                         if (is_lo < 0) is_lo = 0;
 | |
|                      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                      else
 | |
|                         is_lo = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|                      tmp = ((id >> 8) + .5)/255;
 | |
| 
 | |
|                      if (tmp < 1)
 | |
|                      {
 | |
|                         is_hi = floor(outmax * tmp + vi->maxout_total);
 | |
|                         if (is_hi > outmax) is_hi = outmax;
 | |
|                      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                      else
 | |
|                         is_hi = outmax;
 | |
| 
 | |
|                      if (!(od < is_lo || od > is_hi))
 | |
|                      {
 | |
|                         if (encoded_error < vi->outlog)
 | |
|                            return i;
 | |
| 
 | |
|                         pass = "within 8 bit limits:\n";
 | |
|                      }
 | |
|                   }
 | |
| #              endif
 | |
| #           endif
 | |
|          }
 | |
|          else /* !use_input_precision */
 | |
|             is_lo = es_lo, is_hi = es_hi;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Attempt to output a meaningful error/warning message: the message
 | |
|           * output depends on the background/composite operation being performed
 | |
|           * because this changes what parameters were actually used above.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             size_t pos = 0;
 | |
|             /* Need either 1/255 or 1/65535 precision here; 3 or 6 decimal
 | |
|              * places.  Just use outmax to work out which.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             int precision = (outmax >= 1000 ? 6 : 3);
 | |
|             int use_input=1, use_background=0, do_compose=0;
 | |
|             char msg[256];
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (pass != 0)
 | |
|                pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\n\t");
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Set up the various flags, the output_is_encoded flag above
 | |
|              * is also used below.  do_compose is just a double check.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             switch (do_background)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN:
 | |
|             case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE:
 | |
|             case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE:
 | |
|                use_background = (alpha >= 0 && alpha < 1);
 | |
|                /*FALL THROUGH*/
 | |
| #           ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED
 | |
|                case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD:
 | |
|                case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN:
 | |
|                case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED:
 | |
| #           endif /* ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED */
 | |
|                do_compose = (alpha > 0 && alpha < 1);
 | |
|                use_input = (alpha != 0);
 | |
|                break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             default:
 | |
|                break;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Check the 'compose' flag */
 | |
|             if (compose != do_compose)
 | |
|                png_error(vi->pp, "internal error (compose)");
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* 'name' is the component name */
 | |
|             pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, name);
 | |
|             pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "(");
 | |
|             pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, id);
 | |
|             if (use_input || pass != 0/*logging*/)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                if (isbit != id)
 | |
|                {
 | |
|                   /* sBIT has reduced the precision of the input: */
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ", sbit(");
 | |
|                   pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, vi->sbit);
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "): ");
 | |
|                   pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, isbit);
 | |
|                }
 | |
|                pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "/");
 | |
|                /* The output is either "id/max" or "id sbit(sbit): isbit/max" */
 | |
|                pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, vi->sbit_max);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|             pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ")");
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* A component may have been multiplied (in linear space) by the
 | |
|              * alpha value, 'compose' says whether this is relevant.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             if (compose || pass != 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                /* If any form of composition is being done report our
 | |
|                 * calculated linear value here (the code above doesn't record
 | |
|                 * the input value before composition is performed, so what
 | |
|                 * gets reported is the value after composition.)
 | |
|                 */
 | |
|                if (use_input || pass != 0)
 | |
|                {
 | |
|                   if (vi->file_inverse > 0)
 | |
|                   {
 | |
|                      pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "^");
 | |
|                      pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, vi->file_inverse, 2);
 | |
|                   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                   else
 | |
|                      pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "[linear]");
 | |
| 
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "*(alpha)");
 | |
|                   pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, alpha, precision);
 | |
|                }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                /* Now record the *linear* background value if it was used
 | |
|                 * (this function is not passed the original, non-linear,
 | |
|                 * value but it is contained in the test name.)
 | |
|                 */
 | |
|                if (use_background)
 | |
|                {
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, use_input ? "+" : " ");
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "(background)");
 | |
|                   pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, background, precision);
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "*");
 | |
|                   pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, 1-alpha, precision);
 | |
|                }
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Report the calculated value (input_sample) and the linearized
 | |
|              * libpng value (output) unless this is just a component gamma
 | |
|              * correction.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             if (compose || alpha < 0 || pass != 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos,
 | |
|                   pass != 0 ? " =\n\t" : " = ");
 | |
|                pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, input_sample, precision);
 | |
|                pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " (libpng: ");
 | |
|                pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, output, precision);
 | |
|                pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ")");
 | |
| 
 | |
|                /* Finally report the output gamma encoding, if any. */
 | |
|                if (output_is_encoded)
 | |
|                {
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " ^");
 | |
|                   pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, vi->screen_inverse, 2);
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "(to screen) =");
 | |
|                }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                else
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " [screen is linear] =");
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if ((!compose && alpha >= 0) || pass != 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                if (pass != 0) /* logging */
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "\n\t[overall:");
 | |
| 
 | |
|                /* This is the non-composition case, the internal linear
 | |
|                 * values are irrelevant (though the log below will reveal
 | |
|                 * them.)  Output a much shorter warning/error message and report
 | |
|                 * the overall gamma correction.
 | |
|                 */
 | |
|                if (vi->gamma_correction > 0)
 | |
|                {
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " ^");
 | |
|                   pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, vi->gamma_correction, 2);
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "(gamma correction) =");
 | |
|                }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                else
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos,
 | |
|                      " [no gamma correction] =");
 | |
| 
 | |
|                if (pass != 0)
 | |
|                   pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "]");
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* This is our calculated encoded_sample which should (but does
 | |
|              * not) match od:
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, pass != 0 ? "\n\t" : " ");
 | |
|             pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, is_lo, 1);
 | |
|             pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " < ");
 | |
|             pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, encoded_sample, 1);
 | |
|             pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " (libpng: ");
 | |
|             pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, od);
 | |
|             pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, ")");
 | |
|             pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "/");
 | |
|             pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, outmax);
 | |
|             pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, " < ");
 | |
|             pos = safecatd(msg, sizeof msg, pos, is_hi, 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (pass == 0) /* The error condition */
 | |
|             {
 | |
| #              ifdef PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED
 | |
|                   png_warning(vi->pp, msg);
 | |
| #              else
 | |
|                   store_warning(vi->pp, msg);
 | |
| #              endif
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             else /* logging this value */
 | |
|                store_verbose(&vi->dp->pm->this, vi->pp, pass, msg);
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return i;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gamma_image_validate(gamma_display *dp, png_const_structp pp,
 | |
|    png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Get some constants derived from the input and output file formats: */
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_store* PNG_CONST ps = dp->this.ps;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte in_ct = dp->this.colour_type;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte in_bd = dp->this.bit_depth;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_uint_32 w = dp->this.w;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_uint_32 h = dp->this.h;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST size_t cbRow = dp->this.cbRow;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte out_ct = png_get_color_type(pp, pi);
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte out_bd = png_get_bit_depth(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* There are three sources of error, firstly the quantization in the
 | |
|     * file encoding, determined by sbit and/or the file depth, secondly
 | |
|     * the output (screen) gamma and thirdly the output file encoding.
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * Since this API receives the screen and file gamma in double
 | |
|     * precision it is possible to calculate an exact answer given an input
 | |
|     * pixel value.  Therefore we assume that the *input* value is exact -
 | |
|     * sample/maxsample - calculate the corresponding gamma corrected
 | |
|     * output to the limits of double precision arithmetic and compare with
 | |
|     * what libpng returns.
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * Since the library must quantize the output to 8 or 16 bits there is
 | |
|     * a fundamental limit on the accuracy of the output of +/-.5 - this
 | |
|     * quantization limit is included in addition to the other limits
 | |
|     * specified by the paramaters to the API.  (Effectively, add .5
 | |
|     * everywhere.)
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * The behavior of the 'sbit' paramter is defined by section 12.5
 | |
|     * (sample depth scaling) of the PNG spec.  That section forces the
 | |
|     * decoder to assume that the PNG values have been scaled if sBIT is
 | |
|     * present:
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     *     png-sample = floor( input-sample * (max-out/max-in) + .5);
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * This means that only a subset of the possible PNG values should
 | |
|     * appear in the input. However, the spec allows the encoder to use a
 | |
|     * variety of approximations to the above and doesn't require any
 | |
|     * restriction of the values produced.
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * Nevertheless the spec requires that the upper 'sBIT' bits of the
 | |
|     * value stored in a PNG file be the original sample bits.
 | |
|     * Consequently the code below simply scales the top sbit bits by
 | |
|     * (1<<sbit)-1 to obtain an original sample value.
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * Because there is limited precision in the input it is arguable that
 | |
|     * an acceptable result is any valid result from input-.5 to input+.5.
 | |
|     * The basic tests below do not do this, however if 'use_input_precision'
 | |
|     * is set a subsequent test is performed below.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    PNG_CONST unsigned int samples_per_pixel = (out_ct & 2U) ? 3U : 1U;
 | |
|    int processing;
 | |
|    png_uint_32 y;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST store_palette_entry *in_palette = dp->this.palette;
 | |
|    PNG_CONST int in_is_transparent = dp->this.is_transparent;
 | |
|    int out_npalette = -1;
 | |
|    int out_is_transparent = 0; /* Just refers to the palette case */
 | |
|    store_palette out_palette;
 | |
|    validate_info vi;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Check for row overwrite errors */
 | |
|    store_image_check(dp->this.ps, pp, 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Supply the input and output sample depths here - 8 for an indexed image,
 | |
|     * otherwise the bit depth.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    init_validate_info(&vi, dp, pp, in_ct==3?8:in_bd, out_ct==3?8:out_bd);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    processing = (vi.gamma_correction > 0 && !dp->threshold_test)
 | |
|       || in_bd != out_bd || in_ct != out_ct || vi.do_background;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* TODO: FIX THIS: MAJOR BUG!  If the transformations all happen inside
 | |
|     * the palette there is no way of finding out, because libpng fails to
 | |
|     * update the palette on png_read_update_info.  Indeed, libpng doesn't
 | |
|     * even do the required work until much later, when it doesn't have any
 | |
|     * info pointer.  Oops.  For the moment 'processing' is turned off if
 | |
|     * out_ct is palette.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (in_ct == 3 && out_ct == 3)
 | |
|       processing = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (processing && out_ct == 3)
 | |
|       out_is_transparent = read_palette(out_palette, &out_npalette, pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    for (y=0; y<h; ++y)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_const_bytep pRow = store_image_row(ps, pp, 0, y);
 | |
|       png_byte std[STANDARD_ROWMAX];
 | |
| 
 | |
|       transform_row(pp, std, in_ct, in_bd, y);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (processing)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          unsigned int x;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          for (x=0; x<w; ++x)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             double alpha = 1; /* serves as a flag value */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Record the palette index for index images. */
 | |
|             PNG_CONST unsigned int in_index =
 | |
|                in_ct == 3 ? sample(std, 3, in_bd, x, 0) : 256;
 | |
|             PNG_CONST unsigned int out_index =
 | |
|                out_ct == 3 ? sample(std, 3, out_bd, x, 0) : 256;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Handle input alpha - png_set_background will cause the output
 | |
|              * alpha to disappear so there is nothing to check.
 | |
|              */
 | |
|             if ((in_ct & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) != 0 || (in_ct == 3 &&
 | |
|                in_is_transparent))
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                PNG_CONST unsigned int input_alpha = in_ct == 3 ?
 | |
|                   dp->this.palette[in_index].alpha :
 | |
|                   sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, samples_per_pixel);
 | |
| 
 | |
|                unsigned int output_alpha = 65536 /* as a flag value */;
 | |
| 
 | |
|                if (out_ct == 3)
 | |
|                {
 | |
|                   if (out_is_transparent)
 | |
|                      output_alpha = out_palette[out_index].alpha;
 | |
|                }
 | |
| 
 | |
|                else if ((out_ct & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) != 0)
 | |
|                   output_alpha = sample(pRow, out_ct, out_bd, x,
 | |
|                      samples_per_pixel);
 | |
| 
 | |
|                if (output_alpha != 65536)
 | |
|                   alpha = gamma_component_validate("alpha", &vi, input_alpha,
 | |
|                      output_alpha, -1/*alpha*/, 0/*background*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|                else /* no alpha in output */
 | |
|                {
 | |
|                   /* This is a copy of the calculation of 'i' above in order to
 | |
|                    * have the alpha value to use in the background calculation.
 | |
|                    */
 | |
|                   alpha = input_alpha >> vi.isbit_shift;
 | |
|                   alpha /= vi.sbit_max;
 | |
|                }
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Handle grayscale or RGB components. */
 | |
|             if ((in_ct & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) == 0) /* grayscale */
 | |
|                (void)gamma_component_validate("gray", &vi,
 | |
|                   sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, 0),
 | |
|                   sample(pRow, out_ct, out_bd, x, 0), alpha/*component*/,
 | |
|                   vi.background_red);
 | |
|             else /* RGB or palette */
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                (void)gamma_component_validate("red", &vi,
 | |
|                   in_ct == 3 ? in_palette[in_index].red :
 | |
|                      sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, 0),
 | |
|                   out_ct == 3 ? out_palette[out_index].red :
 | |
|                      sample(pRow, out_ct, out_bd, x, 0),
 | |
|                   alpha/*component*/, vi.background_red);
 | |
| 
 | |
|                (void)gamma_component_validate("green", &vi,
 | |
|                   in_ct == 3 ? in_palette[in_index].green :
 | |
|                      sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, 1),
 | |
|                   out_ct == 3 ? out_palette[out_index].green :
 | |
|                      sample(pRow, out_ct, out_bd, x, 1),
 | |
|                   alpha/*component*/, vi.background_green);
 | |
| 
 | |
|                (void)gamma_component_validate("blue", &vi,
 | |
|                   in_ct == 3 ? in_palette[in_index].blue :
 | |
|                      sample(std, in_ct, in_bd, x, 2),
 | |
|                   out_ct == 3 ? out_palette[out_index].blue :
 | |
|                      sample(pRow, out_ct, out_bd, x, 2),
 | |
|                   alpha/*component*/, vi.background_blue);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (memcmp(std, pRow, cbRow) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          char msg[64];
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* No transform is expected on the threshold tests. */
 | |
|          sprintf(msg, "gamma: below threshold row %lu changed",
 | |
|             (unsigned long)y);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          png_error(pp, msg);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    } /* row (y) loop */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    dp->this.ps->validated = 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gamma_end(png_structp ppIn, png_infop pi)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_const_structp pp = ppIn;
 | |
|    gamma_display *dp = voidcast(gamma_display*, png_get_progressive_ptr(pp));
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (!dp->this.speed)
 | |
|       gamma_image_validate(dp, pp, pi);
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       dp->this.ps->validated = 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* A single test run checking a gamma transformation.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * maxabs: maximum absolute error as a fraction
 | |
|  * maxout: maximum output error in the output units
 | |
|  * maxpc:  maximum percentage error (as a percentage)
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static void
 | |
| gamma_test(png_modifier *pmIn, PNG_CONST png_byte colour_typeIn,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST png_byte bit_depthIn, PNG_CONST int palette_numberIn,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST int interlace_typeIn,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST double file_gammaIn, PNG_CONST double screen_gammaIn,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST png_byte sbitIn, PNG_CONST int threshold_testIn,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST char *name,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST int use_input_precisionIn, PNG_CONST int scale16In,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST int expand16In, PNG_CONST int do_backgroundIn,
 | |
|     PNG_CONST png_color_16 *bkgd_colorIn, double bkgd_gammaIn)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    gamma_display d;
 | |
|    context(&pmIn->this, fault);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    gamma_display_init(&d, pmIn, FILEID(colour_typeIn, bit_depthIn,
 | |
|       palette_numberIn, interlace_typeIn, 0, 0, 0),
 | |
|       file_gammaIn, screen_gammaIn, sbitIn,
 | |
|       threshold_testIn, use_input_precisionIn, scale16In,
 | |
|       expand16In, do_backgroundIn, bkgd_colorIn, bkgd_gammaIn);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Try
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_structp pp;
 | |
|       png_infop pi;
 | |
|       gama_modification gama_mod;
 | |
|       srgb_modification srgb_mod;
 | |
|       sbit_modification sbit_mod;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* For the moment don't use the png_modifier support here. */
 | |
|       d.pm->encoding_counter = 0;
 | |
|       modifier_set_encoding(d.pm); /* Just resets everything */
 | |
|       d.pm->current_gamma = d.file_gamma;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Make an appropriate modifier to set the PNG file gamma to the
 | |
|        * given gamma value and the sBIT chunk to the given precision.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       d.pm->modifications = NULL;
 | |
|       gama_modification_init(&gama_mod, d.pm, d.file_gamma);
 | |
|       srgb_modification_init(&srgb_mod, d.pm, 127 /*delete*/);
 | |
|       if (d.sbit > 0)
 | |
|          sbit_modification_init(&sbit_mod, d.pm, d.sbit);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       modification_reset(d.pm->modifications);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Get a png_struct for writing the image. */
 | |
|       pp = set_modifier_for_read(d.pm, &pi, d.this.id, name);
 | |
|       standard_palette_init(&d.this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Introduce the correct read function. */
 | |
|       if (d.pm->this.progressive)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* Share the row function with the standard implementation. */
 | |
|          png_set_progressive_read_fn(pp, &d, gamma_info, progressive_row,
 | |
|             gamma_end);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Now feed data into the reader until we reach the end: */
 | |
|          modifier_progressive_read(d.pm, pp, pi);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* modifier_read expects a png_modifier* */
 | |
|          png_set_read_fn(pp, d.pm, modifier_read);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Check the header values: */
 | |
|          png_read_info(pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Process the 'info' requirements. Only one image is generated */
 | |
|          gamma_info_imp(&d, pp, pi);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          sequential_row(&d.this, pp, pi, -1, 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (!d.this.speed)
 | |
|             gamma_image_validate(&d, pp, pi);
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             d.this.ps->validated = 1;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       modifier_reset(d.pm);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (d.pm->log && !d.threshold_test && !d.this.speed)
 | |
|          fprintf(stderr, "%d bit %s %s: max error %f (%.2g, %2g%%)\n",
 | |
|             d.this.bit_depth, colour_types[d.this.colour_type], name,
 | |
|             d.maxerrout, d.maxerrabs, 100*d.maxerrpc);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Log the summary values too. */
 | |
|       if (d.this.colour_type == 0 || d.this.colour_type == 4)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          switch (d.this.bit_depth)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|          case 1:
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          case 2:
 | |
|             if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_gray_2)
 | |
|                d.pm->error_gray_2 = d.maxerrout;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          case 4:
 | |
|             if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_gray_4)
 | |
|                d.pm->error_gray_4 = d.maxerrout;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          case 8:
 | |
|             if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_gray_8)
 | |
|                d.pm->error_gray_8 = d.maxerrout;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          case 16:
 | |
|             if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_gray_16)
 | |
|                d.pm->error_gray_16 = d.maxerrout;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          default:
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "bad bit depth (internal: 1)");
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (d.this.colour_type == 2 || d.this.colour_type == 6)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          switch (d.this.bit_depth)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|          case 8:
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_color_8)
 | |
|                d.pm->error_color_8 = d.maxerrout;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          case 16:
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_color_16)
 | |
|                d.pm->error_color_16 = d.maxerrout;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          default:
 | |
|             png_error(pp, "bad bit depth (internal: 2)");
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (d.this.colour_type == 3)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (d.maxerrout > d.pm->error_indexed)
 | |
|             d.pm->error_indexed = d.maxerrout;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Catch(fault)
 | |
|       modifier_reset((png_modifier*)fault);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void gamma_threshold_test(png_modifier *pm, png_byte colour_type,
 | |
|     png_byte bit_depth, int interlace_type, double file_gamma,
 | |
|     double screen_gamma)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    size_t pos = 0;
 | |
|    char name[64];
 | |
|    pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "threshold ");
 | |
|    pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, file_gamma, 3);
 | |
|    pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "/");
 | |
|    pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, screen_gamma, 3);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    (void)gamma_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, 0/*palette*/, interlace_type,
 | |
|       file_gamma, screen_gamma, 0/*sBIT*/, 1/*threshold test*/, name,
 | |
|       0 /*no input precision*/,
 | |
|       0 /*no scale16*/, 0 /*no expand16*/, 0 /*no background*/, 0 /*hence*/,
 | |
|       0 /*no background gamma*/);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| perform_gamma_threshold_tests(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_byte colour_type = 0;
 | |
|    png_byte bit_depth = 0;
 | |
|    unsigned int palette_number = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Don't test more than one instance of each palette - it's pointless, in
 | |
|     * fact this test is somewhat excessive since libpng doesn't make this
 | |
|     * decision based on colour type or bit depth!
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    while (next_format(&colour_type, &bit_depth, &palette_number))
 | |
|       if (palette_number == 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       double test_gamma = 1.0;
 | |
|       while (test_gamma >= .4)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* There's little point testing the interlacing vs non-interlacing,
 | |
|           * but this can be set from the command line.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          gamma_threshold_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, pm->interlace_type,
 | |
|             test_gamma, 1/test_gamma);
 | |
|          test_gamma *= .95;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* And a special test for sRGB */
 | |
|       gamma_threshold_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, pm->interlace_type,
 | |
|           .45455, 2.2);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (fail(pm))
 | |
|          return;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void gamma_transform_test(png_modifier *pm,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte colour_type, PNG_CONST png_byte bit_depth,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST int palette_number,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST int interlace_type, PNG_CONST double file_gamma,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST double screen_gamma, PNG_CONST png_byte sbit,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST int use_input_precision, PNG_CONST int scale16)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    size_t pos = 0;
 | |
|    char name[64];
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (sbit != bit_depth && sbit != 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "sbit(");
 | |
|       pos = safecatn(name, sizeof name, pos, sbit);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, ") ");
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "gamma ");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (scale16)
 | |
|       pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "16to8 ");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, file_gamma, 3);
 | |
|    pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "->");
 | |
|    pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, screen_gamma, 3);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    gamma_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number, interlace_type,
 | |
|       file_gamma, screen_gamma, sbit, 0, name, use_input_precision,
 | |
|       scale16, pm->test_gamma_expand16, 0 , 0, 0);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void perform_gamma_transform_tests(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_byte colour_type = 0;
 | |
|    png_byte bit_depth = 0;
 | |
|    unsigned int palette_number = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    while (next_format(&colour_type, &bit_depth, &palette_number))
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       unsigned int i, j;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (i=0; i<pm->ngamma_tests; ++i) for (j=0; j<pm->ngamma_tests; ++j)
 | |
|          if (i != j)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             gamma_transform_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number,
 | |
|                pm->interlace_type, 1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j], 0/*sBIT*/,
 | |
|                pm->use_input_precision, 0 /*do not scale16*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (fail(pm))
 | |
|                return;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void perform_gamma_sbit_tests(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_byte sbit;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The only interesting cases are colour and grayscale, alpha is ignored here
 | |
|     * for overall speed.  Only bit depths where sbit is less than the bit depth
 | |
|     * are tested.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    for (sbit=pm->sbitlow; sbit<(1<<READ_BDHI); ++sbit)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_byte colour_type = 0, bit_depth = 0;
 | |
|       unsigned int npalette = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       while (next_format(&colour_type, &bit_depth, &npalette))
 | |
|          if ((colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) == 0 &&
 | |
|             ((colour_type == 3 && sbit < 8) ||
 | |
|             (colour_type != 3 && sbit < bit_depth)))
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          unsigned int i;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          for (i=0; i<pm->ngamma_tests; ++i)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             unsigned int j;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             for (j=0; j<pm->ngamma_tests; ++j) if (i != j)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|                gamma_transform_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, npalette,
 | |
|                   pm->interlace_type, 1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j],
 | |
|                   sbit, pm->use_input_precision_sbit, 0 /*scale16*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|                if (fail(pm))
 | |
|                   return;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Note that this requires a 16 bit source image but produces 8 bit output, so
 | |
|  * we only need the 16bit write support, but the 16 bit images are only
 | |
|  * generated if DO_16BIT is defined.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| #ifdef DO_16BIT
 | |
| static void perform_gamma_scale16_tests(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
| #  ifndef PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8
 | |
| #     define PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8 11
 | |
| #  endif
 | |
|    /* Include the alpha cases here. Note that sbit matches the internal value
 | |
|     * used by the library - otherwise we will get spurious errors from the
 | |
|     * internal sbit style approximation.
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * The threshold test is here because otherwise the 16 to 8 conversion will
 | |
|     * proceed *without* gamma correction, and the tests above will fail (but not
 | |
|     * by much) - this could be fixed, it only appears with the -g option.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    unsigned int i, j;
 | |
|    for (i=0; i<pm->ngamma_tests; ++i)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       for (j=0; j<pm->ngamma_tests; ++j)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (i != j &&
 | |
|              fabs(pm->gammas[j]/pm->gammas[i]-1) >= PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             gamma_transform_test(pm, 0, 16, 0, pm->interlace_type,
 | |
|                1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j], PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8,
 | |
|                pm->use_input_precision_16to8, 1 /*scale16*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (fail(pm))
 | |
|                return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             gamma_transform_test(pm, 2, 16, 0, pm->interlace_type,
 | |
|                1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j], PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8,
 | |
|                pm->use_input_precision_16to8, 1 /*scale16*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (fail(pm))
 | |
|                return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             gamma_transform_test(pm, 4, 16, 0, pm->interlace_type,
 | |
|                1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j], PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8,
 | |
|                pm->use_input_precision_16to8, 1 /*scale16*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (fail(pm))
 | |
|                return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             gamma_transform_test(pm, 6, 16, 0, pm->interlace_type,
 | |
|                1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j], PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8,
 | |
|                pm->use_input_precision_16to8, 1 /*scale16*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (fail(pm))
 | |
|                return;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif /* 16 to 8 bit conversion */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED ||\
 | |
|    defined PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED
 | |
| static void gamma_composition_test(png_modifier *pm,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST png_byte colour_type, PNG_CONST png_byte bit_depth,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST int palette_number,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST int interlace_type, PNG_CONST double file_gamma,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST double screen_gamma,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST int use_input_precision, PNG_CONST int do_background,
 | |
|    PNG_CONST int expand_16)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    size_t pos = 0;
 | |
|    png_const_charp base;
 | |
|    double bg;
 | |
|    char name[128];
 | |
|    png_color_16 background;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Make up a name and get an appropriate background gamma value. */
 | |
|    switch (do_background)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|          base = "";
 | |
|          bg = 4; /* should not be used */
 | |
|          break;
 | |
|       case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN:
 | |
|          base = " bckg(Screen):";
 | |
|          bg = 1/screen_gamma;
 | |
|          break;
 | |
|       case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE:
 | |
|          base = " bckg(File):";
 | |
|          bg = file_gamma;
 | |
|          break;
 | |
|       case PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE:
 | |
|          base = " bckg(Unique):";
 | |
|          /* This tests the handling of a unique value, the math is such that the
 | |
|           * value tends to be <1, but is neither screen nor file (even if they
 | |
|           * match!)
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          bg = (file_gamma + screen_gamma) / 3;
 | |
|          break;
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_PNG:
 | |
|          base = " alpha(PNG)";
 | |
|          bg = 4; /* should not be used */
 | |
|          break;
 | |
|       case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD:
 | |
|          base = " alpha(Porter-Duff)";
 | |
|          bg = 4; /* should not be used */
 | |
|          break;
 | |
|       case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED:
 | |
|          base = " alpha(Optimized)";
 | |
|          bg = 4; /* should not be used */
 | |
|          break;
 | |
|       case ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN:
 | |
|          base = " alpha(Broken)";
 | |
|          bg = 4; /* should not be used */
 | |
|          break;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Use random background values - the background is always presented in the
 | |
|     * output space (8 or 16 bit components).
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (expand_16 || bit_depth == 16)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_uint_32 r = random_32();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       background.red = (png_uint_16)r;
 | |
|       background.green = (png_uint_16)(r >> 16);
 | |
|       r = random_32();
 | |
|       background.blue = (png_uint_16)r;
 | |
|       background.gray = (png_uint_16)(r >> 16);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else /* 8 bit colors */
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_uint_32 r = random_32();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       background.red = (png_byte)r;
 | |
|       background.green = (png_byte)(r >> 8);
 | |
|       background.blue = (png_byte)(r >> 16);
 | |
|       background.gray = (png_byte)(r >> 24);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    background.index = 193; /* rgb(193,193,193) to detect errors */
 | |
|    if (!(colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR))
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Grayscale input, we do not convert to RGB (TBD), so we must set the
 | |
|        * background to gray - else libpng seems to fail.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       background.red = background.green = background.blue = background.gray;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "gamma ");
 | |
|    pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, file_gamma, 3);
 | |
|    pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "->");
 | |
|    pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, screen_gamma, 3);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, base);
 | |
|    if (do_background < ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Include the background color and gamma in the name: */
 | |
|       pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, "(");
 | |
|       /* This assumes no expand gray->rgb - the current code won't handle that!
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          pos = safecatn(name, sizeof name, pos, background.red);
 | |
|          pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, ",");
 | |
|          pos = safecatn(name, sizeof name, pos, background.green);
 | |
|          pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, ",");
 | |
|          pos = safecatn(name, sizeof name, pos, background.blue);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else
 | |
|          pos = safecatn(name, sizeof name, pos, background.gray);
 | |
|       pos = safecat(name, sizeof name, pos, ")^");
 | |
|       pos = safecatd(name, sizeof name, pos, bg, 3);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    gamma_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number, interlace_type,
 | |
|       file_gamma, screen_gamma, 0/*sBIT*/, 0, name, use_input_precision,
 | |
|       0/*strip 16*/, expand_16, do_background, &background, bg);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| perform_gamma_composition_tests(png_modifier *pm, int do_background,
 | |
|    int expand_16)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_byte colour_type = 0;
 | |
|    png_byte bit_depth = 0;
 | |
|    unsigned int palette_number = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Skip the non-alpha cases - there is no setting of a transparency colour at
 | |
|     * present.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    while (next_format(&colour_type, &bit_depth, &palette_number))
 | |
|       if ((colour_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) != 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       unsigned int i, j;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Don't skip the i==j case here - it's relevant. */
 | |
|       for (i=0; i<pm->ngamma_tests; ++i) for (j=0; j<pm->ngamma_tests; ++j)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          gamma_composition_test(pm, colour_type, bit_depth, palette_number,
 | |
|             pm->interlace_type, 1/pm->gammas[i], pm->gammas[j],
 | |
|             pm->use_input_precision, do_background, expand_16);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (fail(pm))
 | |
|             return;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif /* READ_BACKGROUND || READ_ALPHA_MODE */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| init_gamma_errors(png_modifier *pm)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    pm->error_gray_2 = pm->error_gray_4 = pm->error_gray_8 = 0;
 | |
|    pm->error_color_8 = 0;
 | |
|    pm->error_indexed = 0;
 | |
|    pm->error_gray_16 = pm->error_color_16 = 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| summarize_gamma_errors(png_modifier *pm, png_const_charp who, int low_bit_depth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    if (who)
 | |
|       printf("Gamma correction with %s:\n", who);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (low_bit_depth)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       printf("  2 bit gray:  %.5f\n", pm->error_gray_2);
 | |
|       printf("  4 bit gray:  %.5f\n", pm->error_gray_4);
 | |
|       printf("  8 bit gray:  %.5f\n", pm->error_gray_8);
 | |
|       printf("  8 bit color: %.5f\n", pm->error_color_8);
 | |
|       printf("  indexed:     %.5f\n", pm->error_indexed);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DO_16BIT
 | |
|    printf(" 16 bit gray:  %.5f\n", pm->error_gray_16);
 | |
|    printf(" 16 bit color: %.5f\n", pm->error_color_16);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| perform_gamma_test(png_modifier *pm, int summary)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /*TODO: remove this*/
 | |
|    /* Save certain values for the temporary overrides below. */
 | |
|    unsigned int calculations_use_input_precision =
 | |
|       pm->calculations_use_input_precision;
 | |
|    double maxout8 = pm->maxout8;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* First some arbitrary no-transform tests: */
 | |
|    if (!pm->this.speed && pm->test_gamma_threshold)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       perform_gamma_threshold_tests(pm);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (fail(pm))
 | |
|          return;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Now some real transforms. */
 | |
|    if (pm->test_gamma_transform)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       init_gamma_errors(pm);
 | |
|       /*TODO: remove this.  Necessary because the current libpng
 | |
|        * implementation works in 8 bits:
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (pm->test_gamma_expand16)
 | |
|          pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 1;
 | |
|       perform_gamma_transform_tests(pm);
 | |
|       if (!calculations_use_input_precision)
 | |
|          pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (summary)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          printf("Gamma correction error summary\n\n");
 | |
|          printf("The printed value is the maximum error in the pixel values\n");
 | |
|          printf("calculated by the libpng gamma correction code.  The error\n");
 | |
|          printf("is calculated as the difference between the output pixel\n");
 | |
|          printf("value (always an integer) and the ideal value from the\n");
 | |
|          printf("libpng specification (typically not an integer).\n\n");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          printf("Expect this value to be less than .5 for 8 bit formats,\n");
 | |
|          printf("less than 1 for formats with fewer than 8 bits and a small\n");
 | |
|          printf("number (typically less than 5) for the 16 bit formats.\n");
 | |
|          printf("For performance reasons the value for 16 bit formats\n");
 | |
|          printf("increases when the image file includes an sBIT chunk.\n\n");
 | |
| 
 | |
|          summarize_gamma_errors(pm, 0/*who*/, 1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The sbit tests produce much larger errors: */
 | |
|    if (pm->test_gamma_sbit)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       init_gamma_errors(pm);
 | |
|       perform_gamma_sbit_tests(pm);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (summary)
 | |
|          summarize_gamma_errors(pm, "sBIT", pm->sbitlow < 8U);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DO_16BIT /* Should be READ_16BIT_SUPPORTED */
 | |
|    if (pm->test_gamma_scale16)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* The 16 to 8 bit strip operations: */
 | |
|       init_gamma_errors(pm);
 | |
|       perform_gamma_scale16_tests(pm);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (summary)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          printf("Gamma correction with 16 to 8 bit reduction:\n");
 | |
|          printf(" 16 bit gray:  %.5f\n", pm->error_gray_16);
 | |
|          printf(" 16 bit color: %.5f\n", pm->error_color_16);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED
 | |
|    if (pm->test_gamma_background)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       init_gamma_errors(pm);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /*TODO: remove this.  Necessary because the current libpng
 | |
|        * implementation works in 8 bits:
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (pm->test_gamma_expand16)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 1;
 | |
|          pm->maxout8 = .499; /* because the 16 bit background is smashed */
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       perform_gamma_composition_tests(pm, PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE,
 | |
|          pm->test_gamma_expand16);
 | |
|       if (!calculations_use_input_precision)
 | |
|          pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 0;
 | |
|       pm->maxout8 = maxout8;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (summary)
 | |
|          summarize_gamma_errors(pm, "background", 1);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED
 | |
|    if (pm->test_gamma_alpha_mode)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int do_background;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       init_gamma_errors(pm);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /*TODO: remove this.  Necessary because the current libpng
 | |
|        * implementation works in 8 bits:
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       if (pm->test_gamma_expand16)
 | |
|          pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 1;
 | |
|       for (do_background = ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD;
 | |
|          do_background <= ALPHA_MODE_OFFSET + PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN && !fail(pm);
 | |
|          ++do_background)
 | |
|          perform_gamma_composition_tests(pm, do_background,
 | |
|             pm->test_gamma_expand16);
 | |
|       if (!calculations_use_input_precision)
 | |
|          pm->calculations_use_input_precision = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (summary)
 | |
|          summarize_gamma_errors(pm, "alpha mode", 1);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* INTERLACE MACRO VALIDATION */
 | |
| /* This is copied verbatim from the specification, it is simply the pass
 | |
|  * number in which each pixel in each 8x8 tile appears.  The array must
 | |
|  * be indexed adam7[y][x] and notice that the pass numbers are based at
 | |
|  * 1, not 0 - the base libpng uses.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static PNG_CONST
 | |
| png_byte adam7[8][8] =
 | |
| {
 | |
|    { 1,6,4,6,2,6,4,6 },
 | |
|    { 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7 },
 | |
|    { 5,6,5,6,5,6,5,6 },
 | |
|    { 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7 },
 | |
|    { 3,6,4,6,3,6,4,6 },
 | |
|    { 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7 },
 | |
|    { 5,6,5,6,5,6,5,6 },
 | |
|    { 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7 }
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This routine validates all the interlace support macros in png.h for
 | |
|  * a variety of valid PNG widths and heights.  It uses a number of similarly
 | |
|  * named internal routines that feed off the above array.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static png_uint_32
 | |
| png_pass_start_row(int pass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    int x, y;
 | |
|    ++pass;
 | |
|    for (y=0; y<8; ++y) for (x=0; x<8; ++x) if (adam7[y][x] == pass)
 | |
|       return y;
 | |
|    return 0xf;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static png_uint_32
 | |
| png_pass_start_col(int pass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    int x, y;
 | |
|    ++pass;
 | |
|    for (x=0; x<8; ++x) for (y=0; y<8; ++y) if (adam7[y][x] == pass)
 | |
|       return x;
 | |
|    return 0xf;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| png_pass_row_shift(int pass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    int x, y, base=(-1), inc=8;
 | |
|    ++pass;
 | |
|    for (y=0; y<8; ++y) for (x=0; x<8; ++x) if (adam7[y][x] == pass)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (base == (-1))
 | |
|          base = y;
 | |
|       else if (base == y)
 | |
|          {}
 | |
|       else if (inc == y-base)
 | |
|          base=y;
 | |
|       else if (inc == 8)
 | |
|          inc = y-base, base=y;
 | |
|       else if (inc != y-base)
 | |
|          return 0xff; /* error - more than one 'inc' value! */
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (base == (-1)) return 0xfe; /* error - no row in pass! */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The shift is always 1, 2 or 3 - no pass has all the rows! */
 | |
|    switch (inc)
 | |
|    {
 | |
| case 2: return 1;
 | |
| case 4: return 2;
 | |
| case 8: return 3;
 | |
| default: break;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* error - unrecognized 'inc' */
 | |
|    return (inc << 8) + 0xfd;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| png_pass_col_shift(int pass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    int x, y, base=(-1), inc=8;
 | |
|    ++pass;
 | |
|    for (x=0; x<8; ++x) for (y=0; y<8; ++y) if (adam7[y][x] == pass)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (base == (-1))
 | |
|          base = x;
 | |
|       else if (base == x)
 | |
|          {}
 | |
|       else if (inc == x-base)
 | |
|          base=x;
 | |
|       else if (inc == 8)
 | |
|          inc = x-base, base=x;
 | |
|       else if (inc != x-base)
 | |
|          return 0xff; /* error - more than one 'inc' value! */
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (base == (-1)) return 0xfe; /* error - no row in pass! */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* The shift is always 1, 2 or 3 - no pass has all the rows! */
 | |
|    switch (inc)
 | |
|    {
 | |
| case 1: return 0; /* pass 7 has all the columns */
 | |
| case 2: return 1;
 | |
| case 4: return 2;
 | |
| case 8: return 3;
 | |
| default: break;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* error - unrecognized 'inc' */
 | |
|    return (inc << 8) + 0xfd;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static png_uint_32
 | |
| png_row_from_pass_row(png_uint_32 yIn, int pass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* By examination of the array: */
 | |
|    switch (pass)
 | |
|    {
 | |
| case 0: return yIn * 8;
 | |
| case 1: return yIn * 8;
 | |
| case 2: return yIn * 8 + 4;
 | |
| case 3: return yIn * 4;
 | |
| case 4: return yIn * 4 + 2;
 | |
| case 5: return yIn * 2;
 | |
| case 6: return yIn * 2 + 1;
 | |
| default: break;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return 0xff; /* bad pass number */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static png_uint_32
 | |
| png_col_from_pass_col(png_uint_32 xIn, int pass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* By examination of the array: */
 | |
|    switch (pass)
 | |
|    {
 | |
| case 0: return xIn * 8;
 | |
| case 1: return xIn * 8 + 4;
 | |
| case 2: return xIn * 4;
 | |
| case 3: return xIn * 4 + 2;
 | |
| case 4: return xIn * 2;
 | |
| case 5: return xIn * 2 + 1;
 | |
| case 6: return xIn;
 | |
| default: break;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return 0xff; /* bad pass number */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| png_row_in_interlace_pass(png_uint_32 y, int pass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Is row 'y' in pass 'pass'? */
 | |
|    int x;
 | |
|    y &= 7;
 | |
|    ++pass;
 | |
|    for (x=0; x<8; ++x) if (adam7[y][x] == pass)
 | |
|       return 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| png_col_in_interlace_pass(png_uint_32 x, int pass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* Is column 'x' in pass 'pass'? */
 | |
|    int y;
 | |
|    x &= 7;
 | |
|    ++pass;
 | |
|    for (y=0; y<8; ++y) if (adam7[y][x] == pass)
 | |
|       return 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static png_uint_32
 | |
| png_pass_rows(png_uint_32 height, int pass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_uint_32 tiles = height>>3;
 | |
|    png_uint_32 rows = 0;
 | |
|    unsigned int x, y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    height &= 7;
 | |
|    ++pass;
 | |
|    for (y=0; y<8; ++y) for (x=0; x<8; ++x) if (adam7[y][x] == pass)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       rows += tiles;
 | |
|       if (y < height) ++rows;
 | |
|       break; /* i.e. break the 'x', column, loop. */
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return rows;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static png_uint_32
 | |
| png_pass_cols(png_uint_32 width, int pass)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    png_uint_32 tiles = width>>3;
 | |
|    png_uint_32 cols = 0;
 | |
|    unsigned int x, y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    width &= 7;
 | |
|    ++pass;
 | |
|    for (x=0; x<8; ++x) for (y=0; y<8; ++y) if (adam7[y][x] == pass)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       cols += tiles;
 | |
|       if (x < width) ++cols;
 | |
|       break; /* i.e. break the 'y', row, loop. */
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return cols;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| perform_interlace_macro_validation(void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    /* The macros to validate, first those that depend only on pass:
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass)
 | |
|     * PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass)
 | |
|     * PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass)
 | |
|     * PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass)
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    int pass;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    for (pass=0; pass<7; ++pass)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       png_uint_32 m, f, v;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       m = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);
 | |
|       f = png_pass_start_row(pass);
 | |
|       if (m != f)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          fprintf(stderr, "PNG_PASS_START_ROW(%d) = %u != %x\n", pass, m, f);
 | |
|          exit(1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       m = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);
 | |
|       f = png_pass_start_col(pass);
 | |
|       if (m != f)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          fprintf(stderr, "PNG_PASS_START_COL(%d) = %u != %x\n", pass, m, f);
 | |
|          exit(1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       m = PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass);
 | |
|       f = png_pass_row_shift(pass);
 | |
|       if (m != f)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          fprintf(stderr, "PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(%d) = %u != %x\n", pass, m, f);
 | |
|          exit(1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       m = PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass);
 | |
|       f = png_pass_col_shift(pass);
 | |
|       if (m != f)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          fprintf(stderr, "PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(%d) = %u != %x\n", pass, m, f);
 | |
|          exit(1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Macros that depend on the image or sub-image height too:
 | |
|        *
 | |
|        * PNG_PASS_ROWS(height, pass)
 | |
|        * PNG_PASS_COLS(width, pass)
 | |
|        * PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(yIn, pass)
 | |
|        * PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(xIn, pass)
 | |
|        * PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass)
 | |
|        * PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(x, pass)
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       for (v=0;;)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          /* First the base 0 stuff: */
 | |
|          m = PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(v, pass);
 | |
|          f = png_row_from_pass_row(v, pass);
 | |
|          if (m != f)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             fprintf(stderr, "PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(%u, %d) = %u != %x\n",
 | |
|                v, pass, m, f);
 | |
|             exit(1);
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          m = PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(v, pass);
 | |
|          f = png_col_from_pass_col(v, pass);
 | |
|          if (m != f)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             fprintf(stderr, "PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(%u, %d) = %u != %x\n",
 | |
|                v, pass, m, f);
 | |
|             exit(1);
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          m = PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(v, pass);
 | |
|          f = png_row_in_interlace_pass(v, pass);
 | |
|          if (m != f)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             fprintf(stderr, "PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(%u, %d) = %u != %x\n",
 | |
|                v, pass, m, f);
 | |
|             exit(1);
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          m = PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(v, pass);
 | |
|          f = png_col_in_interlace_pass(v, pass);
 | |
|          if (m != f)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             fprintf(stderr, "PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(%u, %d) = %u != %x\n",
 | |
|                v, pass, m, f);
 | |
|             exit(1);
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Then the base 1 stuff: */
 | |
|          ++v;
 | |
|          m = PNG_PASS_ROWS(v, pass);
 | |
|          f = png_pass_rows(v, pass);
 | |
|          if (m != f)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             fprintf(stderr, "PNG_PASS_ROWS(%u, %d) = %u != %x\n",
 | |
|                v, pass, m, f);
 | |
|             exit(1);
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          m = PNG_PASS_COLS(v, pass);
 | |
|          f = png_pass_cols(v, pass);
 | |
|          if (m != f)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             fprintf(stderr, "PNG_PASS_COLS(%u, %d) = %u != %x\n",
 | |
|                v, pass, m, f);
 | |
|             exit(1);
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          /* Move to the next v - the stepping algorithm starts skipping
 | |
|           * values above 1024.
 | |
|           */
 | |
|          if (v > 1024)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             if (v == PNG_UINT_31_MAX)
 | |
|                break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             v = (v << 1) ^ v;
 | |
|             if (v >= PNG_UINT_31_MAX)
 | |
|                v = PNG_UINT_31_MAX-1;
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Test color encodings. These values are back-calculated from the published
 | |
|  * chromaticities.  The values are accurate to about 14 decimal places; 15 are
 | |
|  * given.  These values are much more accurate than the ones given in the spec,
 | |
|  * which typically don't exceed 4 decimal places.  This allows testing of the
 | |
|  * libpng code to its theoretical accuracy of 4 decimal places.  (If pngvalid
 | |
|  * used the published errors the 'slack' permitted would have to be +/-.5E-4 or
 | |
|  * more.)
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The png_modifier code assumes that encodings[0] is sRGB and treats it
 | |
|  * specially: do not change the first entry in this list!
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static PNG_CONST color_encoding test_encodings[] =
 | |
| {
 | |
| /* sRGB: must be first in this list! */
 | |
| /*gamma:*/ { 1/2.2,
 | |
| /*red:  */ { 0.412390799265959, 0.212639005871510, 0.019330818715592 },
 | |
| /*green:*/ { 0.357584339383878, 0.715168678767756, 0.119194779794626 },
 | |
| /*blue: */ { 0.180480788401834, 0.072192315360734, 0.950532152249660} },
 | |
| /* Kodak ProPhoto (wide gamut) */
 | |
| /*gamma:*/ { 1/1.6 /*approximate: uses 1.8 power law compared to sRGB 2.4*/,
 | |
| /*red:  */ { 0.797760489672303, 0.288071128229293, 0.000000000000000 },
 | |
| /*green:*/ { 0.135185837175740, 0.711843217810102, 0.000000000000000 },
 | |
| /*blue: */ { 0.031349349581525, 0.000085653960605, 0.825104602510460} },
 | |
| /* Adobe RGB (1998) */
 | |
| /*gamma:*/ { 1/(2+51./256),
 | |
| /*red:  */ { 0.576669042910131, 0.297344975250536, 0.027031361386412 },
 | |
| /*green:*/ { 0.185558237906546, 0.627363566255466, 0.070688852535827 },
 | |
| /*blue: */ { 0.188228646234995, 0.075291458493998, 0.991337536837639} },
 | |
| /* Adobe Wide Gamut RGB */
 | |
| /*gamma:*/ { 1/(2+51./256),
 | |
| /*red:  */ { 0.716500716779386, 0.258728243040113, 0.000000000000000 },
 | |
| /*green:*/ { 0.101020574397477, 0.724682314948566, 0.051211818965388 },
 | |
| /*blue: */ { 0.146774385252705, 0.016589442011321, 0.773892783545073} },
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* signal handler
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * This attempts to trap signals and escape without crashing.  It needs a
 | |
|  * context pointer so that it can throw an exception (call longjmp) to recover
 | |
|  * from the condition; this is handled by making the png_modifier used by 'main'
 | |
|  * into a global variable.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static png_modifier pm;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void signal_handler(int signum)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 
 | |
|    size_t pos = 0;
 | |
|    char msg[64];
 | |
| 
 | |
|    pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "caught signal: ");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    switch (signum)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       case SIGABRT:
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "abort");
 | |
|          break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case SIGFPE:
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "floating point exception");
 | |
|          break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case SIGILL:
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "illegal instruction");
 | |
|          break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case SIGINT:
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "interrupt");
 | |
|          break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case SIGSEGV:
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "invalid memory access");
 | |
|          break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case SIGTERM:
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "termination request");
 | |
|          break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|          pos = safecat(msg, sizeof msg, pos, "unknown ");
 | |
|          pos = safecatn(msg, sizeof msg, pos, signum);
 | |
|          break;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    store_log(&pm.this, NULL/*png_structp*/, msg, 1/*error*/);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* And finally throw an exception so we can keep going, unless this is
 | |
|     * SIGTERM in which case stop now.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (signum != SIGTERM)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       struct exception_context *the_exception_context =
 | |
|          &pm.this.exception_context;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Throw &pm.this;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else
 | |
|       exit(1);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* main program */
 | |
| int main(int argc, char **argv)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    volatile int summary = 1;  /* Print the error summary at the end */
 | |
|    volatile int memstats = 0; /* Print memory statistics at the end */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Create the given output file on success: */
 | |
|    PNG_CONST char *volatile touch = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This is an array of standard gamma values (believe it or not I've seen
 | |
|     * every one of these mentioned somewhere.)
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * In the following list the most useful values are first!
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    static double
 | |
|       gammas[]={2.2, 1.0, 2.2/1.45, 1.8, 1.5, 2.4, 2.5, 2.62, 2.9};
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* This records the command and arguments: */
 | |
|    size_t cp = 0;
 | |
|    char command[1024];
 | |
| 
 | |
|    anon_context(&pm.this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Add appropriate signal handlers, just the ANSI specified ones: */
 | |
|    signal(SIGABRT, signal_handler);
 | |
|    signal(SIGFPE, signal_handler);
 | |
|    signal(SIGILL, signal_handler);
 | |
|    signal(SIGINT, signal_handler);
 | |
|    signal(SIGSEGV, signal_handler);
 | |
|    signal(SIGTERM, signal_handler);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef HAVE_FEENABLEEXCEPT
 | |
|    /* Only required to enable FP exceptions on platforms where they start off
 | |
|     * disabled; this is not necessary but if it is not done pngvalid will likely
 | |
|     * end up ignoring FP conditions that other platforms fault.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    feenableexcept(FE_DIVBYZERO | FE_INVALID | FE_OVERFLOW);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|    modifier_init(&pm);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Preallocate the image buffer, because we know how big it needs to be,
 | |
|     * note that, for testing purposes, it is deliberately mis-aligned by tag
 | |
|     * bytes either side.  All rows have an additional five bytes of padding for
 | |
|     * overwrite checking.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    store_ensure_image(&pm.this, NULL, 2, TRANSFORM_ROWMAX, TRANSFORM_HEIGHTMAX);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Don't give argv[0], it's normally some horrible libtool string: */
 | |
|    cp = safecat(command, sizeof command, cp, "pngvalid");
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Default to error on warning: */
 | |
|    pm.this.treat_warnings_as_errors = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Store the test gammas */
 | |
|    pm.gammas = gammas;
 | |
|    pm.ngammas = (sizeof gammas) / (sizeof gammas[0]);
 | |
|    pm.ngamma_tests = 0; /* default to off */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* And the test encodings */
 | |
|    pm.encodings = test_encodings;
 | |
|    pm.nencodings = (sizeof test_encodings) / (sizeof test_encodings[0]);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    pm.sbitlow = 8U; /* because libpng doesn't do sBIT below 8! */
 | |
|    /* The following allows results to pass if they correspond to anything in the
 | |
|     * transformed range [input-.5,input+.5]; this is is required because of the
 | |
|     * way libpng treates the 16_TO_8 flag when building the gamma tables.
 | |
|     *
 | |
|     * TODO: review this
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    pm.use_input_precision_16to8 = 1U;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Some default values (set the behavior for 'make check' here).
 | |
|     * These values simply control the maximum error permitted in the gamma
 | |
|     * transformations.  The practial limits for human perception are described
 | |
|     * below (the setting for maxpc16), however for 8 bit encodings it isn't
 | |
|     * possible to meet the accepted capabilities of human vision - i.e. 8 bit
 | |
|     * images can never be good enough, regardless of encoding.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    pm.maxout8 = .1;     /* Arithmetic error in *encoded* value */
 | |
|    pm.maxabs8 = .00005; /* 1/20000 */
 | |
|    pm.maxcalc8 = .004;  /* +/-1 in 8 bits for compose errors */
 | |
|    pm.maxpc8 = .499;    /* I.e., .499% fractional error */
 | |
|    pm.maxout16 = .499;  /* Error in *encoded* value */
 | |
|    pm.maxabs16 = .00005;/* 1/20000 */
 | |
|    pm.maxcalc16 =.000015;/* +/-1 in 16 bits for compose errors */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* NOTE: this is a reasonable perceptual limit. We assume that humans can
 | |
|     * perceive light level differences of 1% over a 100:1 range, so we need to
 | |
|     * maintain 1 in 10000 accuracy (in linear light space), which is what the
 | |
|     * following guarantees.  It also allows significantly higher errors at
 | |
|     * higher 16 bit values, which is important for performance.  The actual
 | |
|     * maximum 16 bit error is about +/-1.9 in the fixed point implementation but
 | |
|     * this is only allowed for values >38149 by the following:
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    pm.maxpc16 = .005;   /* I.e., 1/200% - 1/20000 */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Now parse the command line options. */
 | |
|    while (--argc >= 1)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       int catmore = 0; /* Set if the argument has an argument. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Record each argument for posterity: */
 | |
|       cp = safecat(command, sizeof command, cp, " ");
 | |
|       cp = safecat(command, sizeof command, cp, *++argv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (strcmp(*argv, "-v") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.this.verbose = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "-l") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.log = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "-q") == 0)
 | |
|          summary = pm.this.verbose = pm.log = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "-w") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.this.treat_warnings_as_errors = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--speed") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.this.speed = 1, pm.ngamma_tests = pm.ngammas, pm.test_standard = 0,
 | |
|             summary = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--memory") == 0)
 | |
|          memstats = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--size") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_size = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nosize") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_size = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--standard") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_standard = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nostandard") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_standard = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--transform") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_transform = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--notransform") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_transform = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       else if (strncmp(*argv, "--transform-disable=",
 | |
|          sizeof "--transform-disable") == 0)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|          pm.test_transform = 1;
 | |
|          transform_disable(*argv + sizeof "--transform-disable");
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strncmp(*argv, "--transform-enable=",
 | |
|          sizeof "--transform-enable") == 0)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|          pm.test_transform = 1;
 | |
|          transform_enable(*argv + sizeof "--transform-enable");
 | |
|          }
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma") == 0)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|          /* Just do two gamma tests here (2.2 and linear) for speed: */
 | |
|          pm.ngamma_tests = 2U;
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_threshold = 1;
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_transform = 1;
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_sbit = 1;
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_scale16 = 1;
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_background = 1;
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_alpha_mode = 1;
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.ngamma_tests = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma-threshold") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.ngamma_tests = 2U, pm.test_gamma_threshold = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma-threshold") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_threshold = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma-transform") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.ngamma_tests = 2U, pm.test_gamma_transform = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma-transform") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_transform = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma-sbit") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.ngamma_tests = 2U, pm.test_gamma_sbit = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma-sbit") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_sbit = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma-16-to-8") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.ngamma_tests = 2U, pm.test_gamma_scale16 = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma-16-to-8") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_scale16 = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma-background") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.ngamma_tests = 2U, pm.test_gamma_background = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma-background") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_background = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--gamma-alpha-mode") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.ngamma_tests = 2U, pm.test_gamma_alpha_mode = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--nogamma-alpha-mode") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_alpha_mode = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--expand16") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_expand16 = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--noexpand16") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_gamma_expand16 = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--more-gammas") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.ngamma_tests = 3U;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--all-gammas") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.ngamma_tests = pm.ngammas;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--progressive-read") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.this.progressive = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--use-update-info") == 0)
 | |
|          ++pm.use_update_info; /* Can call multiple times */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--interlace") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.interlace_type = PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--use-input-precision") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.use_input_precision = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--calculations-use-input-precision") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.calculations_use_input_precision = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--assume-16-bit-calculations") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.assume_16_bit_calculations = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--calculations-follow-bit-depth") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.calculations_use_input_precision =
 | |
|             pm.assume_16_bit_calculations = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--exhaustive") == 0)
 | |
|          pm.test_exhaustive = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (argc > 1 && strcmp(*argv, "--sbitlow") == 0)
 | |
|          --argc, pm.sbitlow = (png_byte)atoi(*++argv), catmore = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (argc > 1 && strcmp(*argv, "--touch") == 0)
 | |
|          --argc, touch = *++argv, catmore = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (argc > 1 && strncmp(*argv, "--max", 5) == 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          --argc;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (strcmp(5+*argv, "abs8") == 0)
 | |
|             pm.maxabs8 = atof(*++argv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "abs16") == 0)
 | |
|             pm.maxabs16 = atof(*++argv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "calc8") == 0)
 | |
|             pm.maxcalc8 = atof(*++argv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "calc16") == 0)
 | |
|             pm.maxcalc16 = atof(*++argv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "out8") == 0)
 | |
|             pm.maxout8 = atof(*++argv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "out16") == 0)
 | |
|             pm.maxout16 = atof(*++argv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "pc8") == 0)
 | |
|             pm.maxpc8 = atof(*++argv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else if (strcmp(5+*argv, "pc16") == 0)
 | |
|             pm.maxpc16 = atof(*++argv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          else
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: %s: unknown 'max' option\n", *argv);
 | |
|             exit(1);
 | |
|          }
 | |
| 
 | |
|          catmore = 1;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--log8") == 0)
 | |
|          --argc, pm.log8 = atof(*++argv), catmore = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (strcmp(*argv, "--log16") == 0)
 | |
|          --argc, pm.log16 = atof(*++argv), catmore = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: %s: unknown argument\n", *argv);
 | |
|          exit(1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (catmore) /* consumed an extra *argv */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          cp = safecat(command, sizeof command, cp, " ");
 | |
|          cp = safecat(command, sizeof command, cp, *argv);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* If pngvalid is run with no arguments default to a reasonable set of the
 | |
|     * tests.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (pm.test_standard == 0 && pm.test_size == 0 && pm.test_transform == 0 &&
 | |
|       pm.ngamma_tests == 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Make this do all the tests done in the test shell scripts with the same
 | |
|        * parameters, where possible.  The limitation is that all the progressive
 | |
|        * read and interlace stuff has to be done in separate runs, so only the
 | |
|        * basic 'standard' and 'size' tests are done.
 | |
|        */
 | |
|       pm.test_standard = 1;
 | |
|       pm.test_size = 1;
 | |
|       pm.test_transform = 1;
 | |
|       pm.ngamma_tests = 2U;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (pm.ngamma_tests > 0 &&
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_threshold == 0 && pm.test_gamma_transform == 0 &&
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_sbit == 0 && pm.test_gamma_scale16 == 0 &&
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_background == 0 && pm.test_gamma_alpha_mode == 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_threshold = 1;
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_transform = 1;
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_sbit = 1;
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_scale16 = 1;
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_background = 1;
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_alpha_mode = 1;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (pm.ngamma_tests == 0)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Nothing to test so turn everything off: */
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_threshold = 0;
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_transform = 0;
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_sbit = 0;
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_scale16 = 0;
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_background = 0;
 | |
|       pm.test_gamma_alpha_mode = 0;
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Try
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       /* Make useful base images */
 | |
|       make_transform_images(&pm.this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Perform the standard and gamma tests. */
 | |
|       if (pm.test_standard)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          perform_interlace_macro_validation();
 | |
|          perform_formatting_test(&pm.this);
 | |
|          perform_standard_test(&pm);
 | |
|          perform_error_test(&pm);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Various oddly sized images: */
 | |
|       if (pm.test_size)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          make_size_images(&pm.this);
 | |
|          perform_size_test(&pm);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       /* Combinatorial transforms: */
 | |
|       if (pm.test_transform)
 | |
|          perform_transform_test(&pm);
 | |
| #endif /* PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED
 | |
|       if (pm.ngamma_tests > 0)
 | |
|          perform_gamma_test(&pm, summary);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    Catch_anonymous
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: test aborted (probably failed in cleanup)\n");
 | |
|       if (!pm.this.verbose)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          if (pm.this.error[0] != 0)
 | |
|             fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: first error: %s\n", pm.this.error);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: run with -v to see what happened\n");
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       exit(1);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (summary)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       printf("%s: %s (%s point arithmetic)\n",
 | |
|          (pm.this.nerrors || (pm.this.treat_warnings_as_errors &&
 | |
|             pm.this.nwarnings)) ? "FAIL" : "PASS",
 | |
|          command,
 | |
| #if defined(PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED) || PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10500
 | |
|          "floating"
 | |
| #else
 | |
|          "fixed"
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|          );
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (memstats)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       printf("Allocated memory statistics (in bytes):\n"
 | |
|          "\tread  %lu maximum single, %lu peak, %lu total\n"
 | |
|          "\twrite %lu maximum single, %lu peak, %lu total\n",
 | |
|          (unsigned long)pm.this.read_memory_pool.max_max,
 | |
|          (unsigned long)pm.this.read_memory_pool.max_limit,
 | |
|          (unsigned long)pm.this.read_memory_pool.max_total,
 | |
|          (unsigned long)pm.this.write_memory_pool.max_max,
 | |
|          (unsigned long)pm.this.write_memory_pool.max_limit,
 | |
|          (unsigned long)pm.this.write_memory_pool.max_total);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Do this here to provoke memory corruption errors in memory not directly
 | |
|     * allocated by libpng - not a complete test, but better than nothing.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    store_delete(&pm.this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Error exit if there are any errors, and maybe if there are any
 | |
|     * warnings.
 | |
|     */
 | |
|    if (pm.this.nerrors || (pm.this.treat_warnings_as_errors &&
 | |
|        pm.this.nwarnings))
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       if (!pm.this.verbose)
 | |
|          fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: %s\n", pm.this.error);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       fprintf(stderr, "pngvalid: %d errors, %d warnings\n", pm.this.nerrors,
 | |
|           pm.this.nwarnings);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       exit(1);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Success case. */
 | |
|    if (touch != NULL)
 | |
|    {
 | |
|       FILE *fsuccess = fopen(touch, "wt");
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (fsuccess != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|          int error = 0;
 | |
|          fprintf(fsuccess, "PNG validation succeeded\n");
 | |
|          fflush(fsuccess);
 | |
|          error = ferror(fsuccess);
 | |
| 
 | |
|          if (fclose(fsuccess) || error)
 | |
|          {
 | |
|             fprintf(stderr, "%s: write failed\n", touch);
 | |
|             exit(1);
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    return 0;
 | |
| }
 |